Κατάλογος Flex

Page 1

Power Tools 2013/2014



Contents

Type A AD 14,4/3,0 AD 18,0/3,0 R ADH 14,4/3,0 AID 14,4/3,0 ½” AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” ADW 18,0-42 ADW 18,0-42 M ALC 1-360 ALC 2/1 ALC 2-F ALi 10,8 G B BED 18 BED 69 BH 812 VV BHW 812 VV BHW 1549 VR C CHE 2-26 SDS-plus CHE 5-45 SDS-max CS 60 WET CSE 55 T CSM 4060 D DH 5 SDS-max DW 7-25 DW 7-45 DW 7-60 F F 1109 G GM 320 H H 1105 VE H 1127 VE HPI 603 L L 602 VR L 602 VR Set L 10-10 125 L 1202 L 12-3 100 WET L 1503 VR L 1506 VR L 1710 FRA L 21-6 230 L 24-6 230 L 3206 CD L 3208 CD L 3309 FR L 3309 FRG L 3406 VRG L 3410 FR L 3410 VR L 3709/115 L 3709/125 LBR 1506 VRA LBS 1105 VE LBS 1105 VE Set LD 1709 FR LD 3206 C LDC 1709 FR LE 9-10 125 LE 12-3 100 WET LE 14-7 125 INOX LE 14-7 125 INOX Set LG 1704 VR LK 602 VR LK 604 LKS 100-300 5/8 LKS 65-170 F 1/4

Page NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW

150 113 150 150 150 112 112 232 232 233 145 270 271 161 272 270

NEW

NEW NEW NEW

153 155 280 120 57 157 102 102 103 165 95 28 28 140

NEW NEW

NEW NEW

249 249 21 251 266 251 23 25 26 26 27 27 22 22 25 24 24 20 20 43 42 42 134 138 136 20 266 21 40 274 274 23 234 234

Type L LL 1107 VEA LLK 1503 VR LP 1503 VR LP 1503 VR Set LR 1 LRP 1503 VRA LST 803 VR LST 1503 VR LW 802 VR LW 1202 LW 1202 S LWW 2106 VR M MS 1706 FR Set MXE 900 MXE 1100 MXE 1102 MXE 1300 MXE 1302 O ODE 100-2 ODE 100-2 Set ORE 125-2 ORE 125-2 Set OSE 80-2 OSE 80-2 Set P PE 14-1 180 PE 14-2 150 PE 14-2 150 Set PE 14-3 125 PE 14-3 125 Set R R 600 VV R 1800 VR RE 14-5 115 RZ 600 VV S S 2902 VV SBG 4910 SE 14-2 125 SK 602 VV SKE 2902 VV SR 602 VV ST 1005 VE T TT 2000 V VC 25 L MC VC 35 L MC VCE 35 L AC VCE 45 H AC VCE 45 L AC VCE 45 M AC W WD 10 WSE 500 WSE 7 Vario WSE 7 Vario Plus WSE 7 Vario Set WST 700 VV WST 700 VV Plus WST 1000 FV X X 1107 VE XC 3401 VRG XC 3401 VRG Set

Page

NEW

188 45 41 41 233 44 273 273 267 267 267 268 164 215 216 217 218 219 186 186 187 187 186 186

NEW

248 248 248 249 249 220 220 130 221

NEW NEW

55 56 178 54 55 54 46 269 204 204 205 206 205 206 268 82 71 71 71 76 76 90 188 250 250


Product features The key features of our products are identified by the following symbols.

Lithium-ion technology No self-discharge, no memory effect. Protection System: protects from overloading, overheating and deep discharge.

Carrying case Rugged metal or plastic case.

Guard adjustment Tool-free guard adjustment from both sides.

Patented guard adjustment Patented tool-free guard adjustment from both sides (Patent No. DE10115635C1).

Saw blade pendulum action Pendulum action selectable. Useful for fast sawing in wood. Bail handle Additional bail handle for a more comfortable grip.

Side handgrip Hand grip optionally on left or right side.

SoftVib hand grip Vibration cushioning hand grip, preventing strain on the wrists. Dust extraction Extractor connection

Antistatic equipment Discharge function prevents static charging.

Hook and loop fasteners Quick grip for attaching abrasives – without adhesives or clamping. GFCI operator protector circuit breaker Integrated GFCI cicuit breaker protection circuit breaker with normal Schuko plug for 230V sockets. Central water feed For wet-grinding granite and marble.

Quick-fit coupling Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½“ water hose

Tool-free tool change Easy tool change without the need for additional tools.

Spindle lock Push-button spindle-lock facilitates fast, easy disc change.

FixTec quick-lock nut Tool-free disc change.

Cable length Mains cable

Cable length Mains cable with flex red plug.

Cable length Mains cable PUR

FR electronic control Tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection.

VR electronic control Tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection, speed selection with optimized low-speed range.

VE electronic control Continuous speed selection and overload protection.

VV electronic control Constant speed, soft-start with continuous speed selection trigger and overload protection.

FV electronic control: constant speed, soft-start and overload protection Constant speed, soft-start and overload protection.


That extra bit more.

Dear Customers, Innovations develop from discussions. It is only by the continuous exchange of experiences with tradesmen and the trade that high-quality and durable electric power tools are developed for specific solutions to problems in industry and trade. The requirements are uncompromisingly demanding as always: highest precision, excellent ergonomics, rational functions and minimised work load and health burden. Our product innovations speak for themselves: The new drywall saw CSE 55 T as well as the drywall screwdrivers (for cordless or mains operation) and the newly developed laser range – extremely robust and very easy to handle – expand and deepen the competence of FLEX in the area of professional dry construction. The new polisher PE 14-1 180, designed on the basis of the gear technology used in the established POLISHFLEX, reaches its full potential particularly on large surfaces. The new 14.4 volt cordless screwdrivers, with their new high-performance motors, are characterised by their durability as well as excellent handling, and the new two-handed angle grinders L 21-6 230 and L 24-6 230 are now available as 2100 and 2400 watt power tools. Above all, however, the new rotary sander SUPRAFLEX, the sanding specialist, is distinguished by its processing of metal, stone, paint and wood. Gears, smooth running performance and motor output are already in a class of their own. The specialist is characterised in particular by the high material removal and optimum extraction – last but not least the health of the user is at the heart of every new development from FLEX. The “baggage” also includes a new innovative “Box on Box” carrying case system featuring intelligent Duo-Click technology. The boxes can be connected simply, quickly and effortlessly and selected for the site. We would like to share another innovation with you: Since 2012 FLEX has had its own sales outlets in the Netherlands and Italy. Now also in these countries you can directly experience FLEX competence of more than ninety years: That extra bit more when it comes to precision and function. We wish you continued success with our power tools and we hope you enjoy the new FLEX main catalogue 2013.

Dr. Josef Kring Managing Director

Hans-Richard Axtmann Managing Director

1



Electric power tools for professionals Metal surface finishing Angle grinders Straight grinders Metal surface finishing Saws

14 28 34 52

Renovation and modernization Wall and ceiling sanders Drywall screwdriver Dry construction saw Renovation machines Screwing and drilling Special tools Surface finishing sanding Safety vacuum cleaners Mixers Laser measuring technology

60 96 116 122 142 164 166 194 212 224

Painted surface finishing Polishers

236

Stone working Wet grinders Core drilling machines, Blind hole drills Dry grinders Stone cutter

264 270 274 276

FLEX Carrying case system FLEX Warranty FLEX Electronics How to find us

282 284 285 286

3


Innovation comes from tradition. For over 90 years, everyone has heard of it. Many use it every day. But very few people know that “flexen”, a common German verb, actually refers back to an invention developed by FLEX, formerly known as Ackermann + Schmitt. But let’s start at the beginning: In 1922, Hermann Ackermann and Hermann Schmitt started a company in Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt to produce and sell their new invention: the MS 6 handheld grinding machine, featuring an electrical motor that drove a flexible shaft. This feature was the inspiration for this brand-new tool’s name: FLEX. And this is the origin of today’s brand name and a verb that has become an integral part of everyday German vocabulary: “flexen”. In the late 1920s, the engineers succeeded in replacing the flexible shaft with an angle gear set. This was the world’s first angle grinder, also sold under the brand name FLEX. FLEX started becoming established as a new word. In 1935, Ackermann + Schmitt launched a low-speed angle grinder. In 1954, it unveiled the first high-speed angle grinder: the DL 9. By now, FLEX was synonymous with angle grinder, while the verb ‚flexen’ completely replaced the less snappy verb “trennschleifen” (“abrasive cutting”) in colloquial German. In 1996, Ackermann + Schmitt renamed itself FLEX. In 2006, “flexen” was officially added to the Duden spelling dictionary. The FLEX still uses the same basic approach, but the tool itself continues to evolve and improve. High-tech plastics replaced cast iron, making the tools considerably lighter. Motor power has increased, but motors have grown smaller and smaller. The motor and gears have become better protected against grinding and cutting dust; the tools are now more durable, quieter and more ergonomic. The basic idea of the angle grinder has proved to be so efficient and successful that it is incorporated into other machines and will continue to drive new innovations.


Professional tools for professionals. You need quality tools to do quality work. But what are quality tools? How do I recognise real quality? For FLEX it’s the craftsman who sets the standard. That is why we visit those sites where tools are used when we develop new machines. On construction sites, in the shops and factories. And that’s precisely where we determine the specifications that every FLEX must fulfil. This primarily includes the long life of our power tools and machines, their power and functionality and their design, ergonomics and safety. All this is made possible by the advanced technology that frequently provides new solutions to problems, revolutionizing the work procedures of entire industries. Our approach is justified by each of the millions of craftsmen who perform outstanding work using their FLEX every day. The heart beating in any original FLEX is created from the outset in our motor manufacturing plant in Steinheim. This is where we produce a wide range of electric motors, perfectly matched to customer needs. From the fully automated winding of magnetic fields through our state-of-the-art powder-coating line to the precision lathe. The use of the latest manufacturing systems in motor production, steel and aluminium machining and the continuous quality controls in all other stages of production ensure our high quality standards. Our state-of-the-art processing machines guarantee a high degree of flexibility in manufacture and enable us to respond rapidly to customer wishes. Quality and functional checks during the entire manufacturing process are standard policy in our company. In our Research and Development Department, all new developments and existing products are tested on test stands and in continuous use to ensure they meet our quality and functional requirements. Ongoing staff training is a fundamental requirement for us, to ensure that we remain able to apply the latest manufacturing technologies in the future.

5


The tops in whatever discipline. The FLEX programme for professional metal surface finishing.


FLEX has probably the most extensive range of tools for the metal surface finishing professionals. The range stretches from universal products such as angle and straight grinders through to band and circular saws and to a host of specialities such as burnishing machines and tube belt grinders. Metalwork shops, fitters’ workshops and railing constructors, for instance, can always rely on FLEX.

7


Everything covered. The FLEX programme for all professional burnishing, renovating and modernising work.

Whether it is a matter of preparing bases,chiselling work to remove plaster or masonry or drilling holes for anchoring systems - the precision, dependability and handling of professionals never fails to impress. And it is quite obvious that this is admirably true for their tools and accessories. At FLEX each is a master of his particular field - from the wall and ceiling sanders through to mixers and mobile vacuum cleaners.


9


10


Dazzling presentations. The FLEX programme for professional paint surface finishing.

Perfect surface quality stems from high-grade tools specially designed for low speeds and high torques. That is why professionals in body shops, garages and car dealers as well as car enthusiasts have full confidence in FLEX. After all, by using our polishers and optimally adapted polishing accessories they are the masters in bringing that degree of care to both paint preparation and paint finishing.

11


Master of all the classes. The FLEX programme for professional working of natural and artificial stone.

12


Stone has its own laws as well as its own peculiarities and sensitiveness. This is something known all too well to stone masons, stone sculptors as well as to garden constructors and landscapers. That is why they sand down natural and artificial stone with FLEX machinery and accessories. All the more so since FLEX sets the standards all the way from wet grinders and stone separators through to bushhammers. This holds true in matters of sturdiness, dependability, handling and maintenance-friendliness.

13


14


Tools for metal surface finishing. The FLEX tools and their accessories are specially tailored to the diverse requirements of metal finishers. This includes the longevity of the machines just as much as their capacity, functionality, handiness and safety. And, of course, not forgetting the innovative technology. After all nothing is that good that precludes any further improvements.

Angle grinders Overview of power tools Accessories

16 18 29

Straight grinders Accessories

28 30

Metal surface finishing INOXFLEX Accessories INOXFLEX Overview of power tools Accessories

34 36 38 40 46

Saws Overview of power tools Accessories

52 54 58

15


Angle grinders

Intelligence meets durability. More power, safer, longer service life • Four-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent speed control, soft start, starter lock, and overload protection. • Five-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent speed control, soft start, starter lock, overload protection, and temperature monitoring. • Six-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent speed control, soft start, starter lock, overload protection, temperature monitoring, and speed selection set by an adjustment wheel. • Seven-fold microprocessor electronics: with constant speed control, accelerator switch, starter lock, overload protection,temperature monitoring and speed selection by adjustment wheel. What is transfered to the disc is critical • Outstanding output: thanks to complexly machined high-performance armature. • High operating efficiency: great energy with cost-efficient operation. • Best endurance run characteristics: due to high manufacturing precision.

2 1 5 3 4 1

Gearbox housing made of die-cast aluminium Light, sleek, robust.

2

Spindle lock Double safety because of recessed design.

3

FLEX SoftVib – the handle The vibration damping construction of the elastic body of the SoftVib handle reduces vibration levels noticeably. With built-in holding wrench - for exchanging the discs without additional tools.

4

Patented safety disc guard Adjustable without tools, impossible to lose, with rotation lock.

5

Perfection to the very last detail Highly flexible cable strain reliever prevents cable breakage. 4-metre power cable with FLEX red plug.

Created for precise, low-fatigue work • Optimal centre of gravity: precisely in the middle of the machine; finely balanced. • Sleek motor housing with ergonomic, waisted grip depression. • Structured surface*: no slipping, for a secure grip.

1

5

2

4

6

3

(*on G versions with super-slender special rear grip)

16

1

Air vents to front Protects user and motor from abrasive swarf.

2

Large ventilator Optimised in wind tunnel tests for maximum cooling.

3

Winding protecting cage Rotating ribs prevent abrasive dust from damaging the windings of the armature and provide for additional cooling. This extends the service life of the motor considerably.

4

High-performance armature Sustained power and endurance, heat-resistance. Winding protected from aggressive swarf by a winding protecting cage.

5

Quality auto-stop carbon brushes Protects the motor from damage.

6

Microprocessor electronics Greater performance, safer, more convenience.


Angle grinders

User friendly to the smallest detail. 1

Prepared for extreme conditions Angle grinders are optimally protected from rough and conductive swarf by a powder coating on the magnetic fields.

2

FixTec quick-action clamping nut For a quick, tool-free disc change: simply open the clamp, press the spindle lock, unscrew the FixTec nut anticlockwise and change the disc.

3

Multi-grip system The front and rear vibration-cushioning grips can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. L 3206 CD angle grinder.

4

Reduced Vibration An additional vibration damping ring between the motor housing and rear handle reduces the vibrations. Angle grinder L 3206 CD/L 3208 CD/L 21-6 230.

5

SoftVib hand grip The vibration damping construction of the elastic body of the SoftVib handle reduces vibration levels when compared to standard handle by up to 60%. The hand and arm joints of the user are subjected to less stress.

Without vibration dampening 6

1

2

3

4

5

6

With FLEX SoftVib handle

Integral pin wrench With a patented integral pin wrench (Patent No. DE10117835A1) for tool less disc changing.

17


Angle grinders

Always the right choice. The original. The most recent examples from FLEX development show that even today we set the standards for angle grinders. Using state-of-the-art technology, maximumuser friendliness, and innovative product features: microprocessor electronics, extensive protection against abrasive dust, unique comfort details such as the SoftVib handle, which reduces vibration levels by up to 60%. Or the FLEX MultiGrip system with the

Cutting < 30 mm

Cutting > 30 mm

Cutting < 5 mm

Cutting > 5 mm

Breaking edges

Surface grinding

Cutting > 10 mm

Breaking edges

Weld preparation

Surface grinding

Plate < 5 mm, profiles s > 5 mm

10000 750 115







L 3709/125

10000 800 125











LE 9-10 125

6000900 125 10000















L 10-10 125

10000 1010 125

















L 3309 FR

11000 1010 125















L 3309 FRG

11000 1010 125



































LE 14-7 125 INOX

22001200 125 6800 21001400 125 7500

L 3410 FR

11000 1400 125















L 3410 VR

29001400 125 11000















L 1710 FRA

10000 1400 125















L 3406 VRG

21001400 125 7500













L 21-6 230

NEW! 6500 2100 230













L 24-6 230

NEW! 6500 2400 230













L 3206 CD

6500 2500 230













L 3208 CD

8500 2500 180









LK 604

4000 1200 175







 highly suitable, highly recommended suitable, recommended  suitable to a certain degree 

18

Concrete, artificial/ Sheet metal t < 5 mm, natural stone and profiles s < 5 mm sandstone, clay

L 3709/115

L 1506 VR

Steel black, galvanized, non-tempered

Surface grinding

Disc Ø mm

Power in watts

rpm

Stone

not recommendable


Angle grinders

two step-adjustable handles on the 2 500 Watt RedBear angle grinder. And much, much more. FLEX supplies one of the most sophisticated and innovative angle grinder ranges in the world. And you have at hand the power tools that you need for perfect results.

Corrosion-proof steel

Cast steel

Non-ferrous metals, synthetic materials

Polish, mat

Cutting, depth < 5 mm

Cutting, depth > 5 mm

Breaking edges

Surface grinding

Weld preparation

Surface grinding

Cutting

Deburr

Breaking edges

Cutting

Surface grinding

Weld preparation

Polish, mat

Deburr

Remove rust

Remove paint

Clean

Sheet metal t < 5 mm, plate t > 5 mm, profiles s < 5 mm, profiles > 5 mm





































































































































































































Note!!! For cutting a diamond wheel is needed or a special cutting guard is required for cutting with resin-bonded wheels

19


Angle grinders Overview of power tools

L 3709/115

L 3709/125

LE 9-10 125

Angle grinders

Universal 900 watt angle grinder, 125 mm

• Extensive dust protection for motor and gears • Lightweight, ergonomic design, short and versatile • Spindle lock • Side handgrip • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard

• Microprocessor electronics: with tachogenerator constant speed control, speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • With double winding protection from metal dust; reduces motor wear and lengthens service life • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Side handgrip • This universal angle grinder is suited for steel/metal surface finishing, for work on the site/renovation as well as for vehicle bodywork and construction firms • Kickback stop - this shuts down the motor on the disc being blocked • Spindle lock

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed

115 mm 10000 rpm

Power input

750 watt

Power output

450 watt

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3709/115

M 14 Standard equipment: 1,8 kg 1 guard grinding 115 Ø 1 handle 1 clamping flange Order no. 1 clamping nut M14 334.979 1 pin wrench

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed

Max. disc diameter 125 mm 10000 rpm

No load speed Power input

Power input

800 watt

Power output

Power output

470 watt

Tool fixture

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3709/125

! Accessories from page 30 20

M 14 Standard equipment: 1,8 kg 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 handle 1 clamping flange Order no. 1 clamping nut M14 334.987 1 pin wrench

Weight

Type LE 9-10 125 LE 9-10 125 in carry case

! Accessories from page 30

Standard equipment LE 9-10 125: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 handle 1 clamping flange 1 clamping nut M14 125 mm 1 pin wrench 6000-10000 rpm 900 watt 500 watt Standard equipment M 14 LE 9-10 125 in carry case: 1,9 kg 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 handle 1 clamping flange Order no. 1 clamping nut M14 350.672 1 pin wrench 378.313 1 plastic carrying case with insert


Angle grinders Overview of power tools

L 10-10 125

LE 14-7 125 INOX

1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm

1400 watt INOXFLEX, specialist for stainless steels and steel alloys, 125 mm

• 3-fold winding protection from dust. Reduces motor wear, increases service life. Protective guard on the winding end of the armature and plated winding on the armature. • Epoxy-coated winding on the field coil • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Compact, ergonomic design - snug fit in the hand • Side handgrip • Spindle lock

• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in medium and low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion due to the developement of heat. • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock • Single-pole switch • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed

125 mm 10000 rpm

Power input

1010 watt

Power output

600 watt

Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Size ( W x L x H) Weight

Type L 10-10 125

! Accessories from page 29

M 14 40,3 mm 290 x 80 x 110 mm Standard equipment: 2,2 kg 1 guard grinding 1 handle 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 clamping flange 385.123 1 clamping nut M14

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter Max. polishing pad diameter No load speed

125 mm 160 mm 2100-7500 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture Weight

Type LE 14-7 125 INOX

M 14 2,4 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 364.924 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14

! Accessories from page 29 21


Angle grinders Overview of power tools

L 3309 FR

L 3309 FRG

1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm

Super-slim 1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm

• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight, ergonomic design • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight, ergonomic design • Slender back stick handle: with dust-protected on/off switch located underneath, safety catch and lock • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed

SPECIFICATIONS 125 mm 11000 rpm

Max. disc diameter No load speed

125 mm 11000 rpm

Power input

1010 watt

Power input

1010 watt

Power output

610 watt

Power output

610 watt

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3309 FR

! Accessories from page 29 22

M 14 1,9 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 296.805 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3309 FRG

! Accessories from page 29

M 14 1,9 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 298.425 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14


Angle grinders Overview of power tools

LK 604

L 1506 VR

1200 watt sander for use with abrasive sanding discs, 175 mm

1200 watt angle grinder, 125 mm

• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • No guard needed when using the flexible backing pad • Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece • Spindle lock

• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter

175 mm

SPECIFICATIONS

No load speed

4000 rpm

Max. disc diameter

Power input

1200 watt

No load speed

Power output

720 watt

Tool fixture Weight

Type LK 604

! Accessories from page 29

M 14 3,2 kg Standard equipment: 1 side handle 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 flexible backing pad 170 Ø + 250.346 clamping nut M 14

Power input Power output Weight

Type L 1506 VR

125 mm 2200-6800 rpm Standard equipment: 1200 watt 1 side handle 700 watt 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1,9 kg 1 pin wrench 1 clamping nut M14 1 clamping flange Order no. 1 hook and loop backing pad 266.930 115 Ø

! Accessories from page 29 23


Angle grinders Overview of power tools

L 3410 FR

L 3410 VR

1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm

Variable-speed 1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm

• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight, ergonomic design • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight, ergonomic design - snug fit in the hand • Universal machine with infinately adjustable speed for sanding, grinding, roughing, cutting, deburring, plaster removal or de-rusting • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed

SPECIFICATIONS 125 mm 11000 rpm

Max. disc diameter No load speed

125 mm 2900-11000 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3410 FR

! Accessories from page 29 24

M 14 2,2 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 296.007 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3410 VR

! Accessories from page 29

M 14 2,2 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 296.260 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14


Angle grinders Overview of power tools

L 1710 FRA

L 3406 VRG

1400 watt angle grinder with the extra-slim gear head, 125 mm

Variable-speed 1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm

• FR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight design with slimline gear head, ideally suited for use in inaccessible places • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock

• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Lightweight, ergonomic design with slim grip • Universal machine with infinately adjustable speed for sanding, grinding and polishing. For paint we recommend using the PE 14-3 125 • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed

Max. disc diameter 125 mm 10000 rpm

Max. polishing pad diameter No load speed

125 mm 160 mm 2100-7500 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 1710 FRA

! Accessories from page 29

M 14 2,4 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 259.733 1 clamping nut M14

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3406 VRG

M 14 2,2 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 297.321 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14

! Accessories from page 29 25


Angle grinders Overview of power tools

NEW

L 21-6 230

NEW

L 24-6 230

2100 watt angle grinder, 230 mm

2400 watt angle grinder, 230 mm

• Robust motor housing and gearbox housing. Stable and robust steel gearbox as well as a spindle bearing protected by a metal cap also increase reliability and durability • Ergonomically designed and very slender motor housing provides optimum guidance and handling. An additinal vibration damping ring between the motor housing and rear handle reduces the vibrations • SoftVib handgrip for reduced vibration can be mounted in three positions. • Rear shaft handle with soft padding for secure grip • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Restart protection after power interruption • Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading • Spindle lock • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Cutting guard, optional accessory (order no. 389.625)

• Robust motor housing and gearbox housing. Stable and robust steel gearbox as well as a spindle bearing protected by a metal cap also increase reliability and durability • Ergonomically designed, very slender motor housing for optimum control and handling • SoftVib handgrip for reduced vibration can be mounted in three positions. • Rear shaft handle with soft padding for secure grip • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Restart protection after power interruption • Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading • Spindle lock • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Cutting guard, optional accessory (order no. 389.625)

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter

SPECIFICATIONS 230 mm

Max. disc diameter

230 mm

No load speed

6500 rpm

No load speed

6500 rpm

Power input

2100 watt

Power input

2400 watt

Power output

1250 watt

Power output

1450 watt

Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Weight

Type L 21-6 230

! Accessories from page 29 26

M 14 64 mm Standard equipment: 5,2 kg 1 guard grinding 230 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 pin wrench BL 5 Order no. 1 clamping flange 391.514 1 clamping nut M14

Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Weight

Type L 24-6 230

! Accessories from page 29

M 14 64 mm Standard equipment: 5,8 kg 1 guard grinding 230 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 pin wrench BL 5 Order no. 1 clamping flange 391.522 1 clamping nut M14


Angle grinders Overview of power tools

L 3206 CD

L 3208 CD

Red Bear 2500 watt angle grinder, 230 mm

Red Bear 2500 watt angle grinder, 180 mm

• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Multi-grip system with vibration cushioning: front Soft-Vib hand grip can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. With safety locking • For right and left handed cutting, rear handgrip rotates 2 x 90° • Damping element seperates rear hand grip from motor, bringing significant reduction in vibration transmission • Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading • Gearbox: particularly flat and robust aluminium die-cast construction • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Multi-grip system with vibration cushioning: front Soft-Vib hand grip can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. With safety locking • For right and left handed cutting, rear handgrip rotates 2 x 90° • Damping element seperates rear hand grip from motor, bringing significant reduction in vibration transmission • Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading • Gearbox: particularly flat and robust aluminium die-cast construction • Quick-release guard: tool-free adjustment • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter

SPECIFICATIONS 230 mm

Max. disc diameter

180 mm

No load speed

6500 rpm

No load speed

8500 rpm

Power input

2500 watt

Power input

2500 watt

Power output

1700 watt

Power output

1700 watt

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3206 CD

! Accessories from page 29

M 14 Standard equipment: 6,2 kg 1 guard grinding 230 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 clamping flange 322.717 1 clamping nut M14

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 3208 CD

M 14 Standard equipment: 6 kg 1 guard grinding 180 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 clamping flange 322.725 1 clamping nut M14

! Accessories from page 29 27


Straight grinders Overview of power tools

H 1105 VE

H 1127 VE

710 watt low-speed straight grinder

710 watt variable high-speed straight grinder

• VE electronic control: variable speed and overload protection • Clamping collar: 40 mm diameter • Machine length: approx. 330 mm • Collar length: approx. 53 mm, for optimum handling and reaching into hard-to-access areas • Suitable for fine grinding in mould construction, with pencil grinders and abrasive flap wheels up to max. 25 m/sec. • This machine is also available in 110 V

• VE electronic control: variable speed and overload protection • Collar: 40 mm diameter, approx. 60 mm long • Machine length: approx. 325 mm • Long-necked design for optimum handling and reaching into hard-to-access areas • Lightweight design for fatigue-free work • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter resin/ ceramic up to Max. disc diameter fiber reinforced up to Tool fixture No load speed

30 mm

Max. disc diameter resin/ ceramic up to

30 mm

50 mm

Max. disc diameter fiber reinforced up to

50 mm

Ø 3, 6, 8 mm, ¼” 2500-6500 rpm

Tool fixture No load speed

Ø 3, 6, 8 mm, ¼” 10000-30000 rpm

Power input

710 watt

Power input

710 watt

Power output

420 watt

Power output

420 watt

Weight

Type H 1105 VE

! Accessories from page 30 28

2,1 kg

Standard equipment: 1 collet 6 mm Ø with clamping nut Order no. 1 stopping claw SW 14 269.956 1 open-ended wrench SW 19

Weight

Type H 1127 VE

! Accessories from page 30

1,8 kg

Standard equipment: 1 collet 6 mm Ø with clamping nut Order no. 1 stopping claw SW 14 270.067 1 open-ended wrench SW 19


Angle grinders Accessories

Guards for FLEX angle grinders. Sanding guard

Guide carriage and guard for extractor

Cutting guard

Suitable for

Required when using resin-bonded wheels Ø mm

115

125

180

230

125

230

125

230

L 3709/115

335.258

L 3709/125

335.266

385.417

LE 9-10 125

358.029

385.425

L 10-10 125

385.395

385.409

LE 14-7 125 INOX

274.658

254.797

L 1710 FRA

274.658

254.797

L 3406 VRG

274.658

254.797

L 3309 FR

294.438

L 3309 FRG

294.438

L 3410 FR

294.438

L 3410 VR

294.438

L 21-6 230/L24-6 230

338.729

389.625

L 3206 CD

265.179

389.633

252.963

L 3208 CD

265.160

29


Angle grinders Accessories

Collets for H 1105 VE and H 1127 VE Collet

SC-VL polishing flap wheel for metal and stainless steel, cambered with clamping nut

Polishing flap wheel for sanding, cleaning and finishing on stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous metals and plastics. Remove any tarnish, flash rust, scale and scratches. Remove any tarnish, flash rust, scale and scratches. Preparing, grinding and polishing welds.

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

1

229.741

¼” Ø

1

229.776

1

228.656

Dimensions Grit in mm

1

229.768

125 Ø x 22,2 medium 5

358.606

125 Ø x 22,2 fine

5

367.486

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

115 Ø

1

208.817

125 Ø

1

231.983

Cutting discs

QP

Order number

Velcro system for L 3406 VRG

Diamantjet - diamond cutting disc, standard, concrete Fast, long-life universal cutting disc, suitable for concrete and stone Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø x 22,2

1

349.046

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

230 Ø x 22,2

1

349.054

Velcro backing M 14 Elastic backing pad with velcro cover. Designation

Velcro bowl

Velcro pad, cushioned M14 12 mm cell rubber for even pressure distribution for grinding, polishing or sealing.

Diamantjet - diamond cutting disc, premium, tile Fast, long-life tile cutting disc with closed diamond segment. Suitable for cutting all tiles, marble, slate, granite and natural stone. Precision cutting and low-noise

QP

Order number

115 Ø

1

240.311

125 Ø

1

350.737

QP

Order number

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

115 Ø x 22,2

1

349.011

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

Designation

125 Ø x 22,2

1

349.038

D115 Pu-P24 VE25 115 Ø

P 24

25

381.195

D115 Pu-P40 VE50 115 Ø

P 40

50

381.209

D115 Pu-P60 VE50 115 Ø

P 60

50

381.217

D115 Pu-P80 VE50 115 Ø

P 80

50

381.225

D115 Pu-P100 V50 115 Ø

P 100

50

381.233

D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø

P 120

50

381.241

D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø

P 150

50

381.268

D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø

P 180

50

381.276

Flap discs Flap disc for metal and stainless steel, cambered Ideal for flap-grinding metals, stainless steel, alloyed and non-alloyed steel, light metals, non ferrous metals, construction steel and cast iron. Removing welding spots and beads, processing welding seams, breaking and rounding edges. High material removal rate, guarantees effortless working without filling pores.

30

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

125 Ø x 22,2

P 60

10

349.925

125 Ø x 22,2

P 80

10

349.933

Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Dimensions Grit in mm


Angle grinders Accessories

Velcro sandingpaper ZIRCOFLEX

Polishing sponge, blue

Ideally suited for high removal rates and high load on wood and metal substrates. The support fabric is extremely tearresistant and is characterised by high cost-effectiveness. Can be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.

Sponge of a medium-hard, coarse foam structure and high resistance to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Particularly for weathered, dull paints and for scratches in combination with the SpecialPolish compound.

Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 125 Ø

A 40

25

393.185

PS-B 140

140 Ø x 30

1

376.388

D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 125 Ø

A 60

25

393.193

PS-B 160

160 Ø x 30

1

376.396

D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 125 Ø

A 80

25

393.207

Polishing sponge, white Velcro sandingpaper CERAFLEX Ideal for sanding stainless steel surfaces and grinding weld seams. The support fabric is extremely tear-resistant. Low heat generation and longer service life ensure high cost-effectiveness. Can be used with Velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.

Sponge of a medium-hard, fine foam structure and highly resistant to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Particularly for removing minor traces of wear and streaks in combination with the SpecialPolish compound. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

Dimensions in mm

QP

Designation

Order number

PS-W 140

140 Ø x 30

1

376.426

D125 CE-K80 VE50

125 Ø

K 80

50

393.215

PS-W 160

160 Ø x 30

1

376.434

D125 CE-K120 VE50 125 Ø

K 120

50

393.223

D125 CE-K180 VE50 125 Ø

K 180

50

393.231

Backing pad for LG 1707 FR and LK 604

Velcro sandingpaper CORKFLEX Ideal for deep cleaning the surface, the cork accessory provides a greater gloss and better haptics. Fine sanding tool with coarse structure and stable fabric base. Reduces heat generation on the surface and 3 times longer service life than comparable sanding tools. Can be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

D125 CO-P280 VE15 125 Ø

P 280

15

393.258

D125 CO-P400 VE15 125 Ø

P 400

15

393.266

D125 CO-P800 VE15 125 Ø

P 800

15

393.274

Flexible backing pad with clamping nut M 14 Backing pads for fiber grinding discs. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

170 Ø

1

124.079

QP

Order number

1

124.109

Clamping nut M 14 For backing pad.

Natural fibre felt pad Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils for sealing and care). Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

FP D125 H VE5

125 Ø

hard

5

393.347

FP D125 S VE5

125 Ø

soft

5

393.355

Brush for L 3406 VRG, L 1710 FRA Steel wire 0,3 mm Corrugated, mount M 14 Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

60 Ø

1

124.516

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

65 Ø

1

124.524

Steel wire 0,5 mm Knot-type, mount M 14

31


Angle grinders Accessories

-   -

230 Ø

1

252.963

-

-

-

1

313.459

       -

1

253.049

         

L 3208 CD

-  -

L 3206 CD

-

L 1710 FRA

254.797

L 3406 VRG

1

L 1506 VR

125 Ø

L 3309 /L 3410

Order number

LE 14-7 125

QP

L 10-10 125

Dimensions in mm

LE 9-10 125/3709

L 21-6 230/L24-6 230

Accessories

-

-

Cutting stone with diamond discs 125 mm cutting guard With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting discs with 125 mm Ø for flange without groove.

230 mm cutting guard For push and pull cuts with vacuum set and adjustable support, extraction nozzle with 32 mm outer Ø, collar Ø 62 mm, cut depth 65 mm max.

-

-

-

-

-  -

Quick-clamp nut FixTec quick clamp nut M 14 For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from Ø 115-150 mm.

-

-

SDS-Clic quick-clamp nut For tool-less disc change suitable for discs from Ø 150-230 mm.

 suitable – not suitable

32


Angle grinders Accessories

L 21-6 230/L24-6 230

L 3206 CD

L 3208 CD

-      -

-

-

M8

1

325.376

-

-  

-   -  -

M 14

1

325.384

-

-

-

-

-

-

-  -

-

1

335.274

  -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

303.224

       -

-

-

360 x 228 x 135 1

376.094

  -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

378.305

  -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

L 1710 FRA

-

L 3406 VRG

316.857

L 1506 VR

1

Size ( W x L x H)

L 3309 /L 3410

M8

Designation

LE 14-7 125

Order number

Type

L 10-10 125

QP

LE 9-10 125/3709

Accessories

Side handles SoftVib side handle SoftVib handle with integral, patented pin wrench (DE10117835A1) and vibration cushioning, significantly reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms.

SoftVib side handle SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, significantly reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms and reducing the risk of vibration-related injury to the operator.

Side handgrip Handle for angle grinder, thread M10.

Carrying case Small metal carrying case For all angle grinders with disc Ø up to 125 mm.

Carry case Without insert. For the machines L 3709, LE 9-10 125, L 10-10 125 select insert no. 378.305. For the machines OS/OSE 80-2, OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2 select insert no. 379.387.

TK-L 360x228x135

Matching insert for carry case 376.094. For angle grinders L 3709, L 10-10 125 and LE 9-10 125.

TKE L3709/L10-10/LE9-10

Case insert

33


Metal surface finishing

Are you looking to attain the perfect finish on metal surfaces? Whether on flat or curved surfaces, in angles or corners, the FLEX surface finishing programe is always the right choice for brilliant results. With our special-purpose power tools, matching accessories and range of abrasives, we provide you with the ideal systems to achieve perfect results. The machines and accessories are also supplied as Profi-kits in a carry case, making things even easier. For balustrade work, tank construction and all surface processing, we have the right machines. Our fillet weld grinder and our special finger grinder help you reach the most difficult to access areas, for perfect results every time. All power tools naturally feature speed control to ensure they always offer you optimum performance for your various applications. Your demand for a quality finish is the driving fact that inspires us to develop power tools, that make your work easier and still attains that perfect finish.

34


Metal surface finishing

Pipe belt sander LRP 1503 VRA Belt file LBS 1105 VE Finger sander ST 1005 VE  























Grinding linearly into the corners





Polish in difficult-to-access places

Weld and pipe belt sander LBR 1506 VRA

Polish surfaces

Burnishing machine LP 1503 VR

Burnish surfaces



Grinding surfaces

Fillet weld grinder LLK 1503 VR

Grinding in difficult-to-access places

Polish pipes

Grinding fillet welds



Burnish pipes

Grinding welds



“linear image” Grinding pipes

Polish surfaces



Grinding fillet welds in difficult-to-access places

Grinding surfaces

INOXFLEX LE 14-7 125 INOX

System

Machines

The specialists for stainless steel finishing.





highly suitable, highly recommended suitable, recommended

35



Metal surface finishing INOXFLEX

The INOXFLEX. The specialist for finishing stainless steels and steel alloys. The speed control ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. The speeds stay constant under load. The LE 14-7 125 INOX has a soft start for a jerk-free start-up. Temperature monitoring prevents any fused windings. The restart protection stops the machine from inadvertently starting after a power failure. The completely cast electronic component prevents damage due to metal dust.

Superior performance Powerful, strong 1400 watt motor for quick working progress. Features constant speed control thanks to a tachogenerator.

FixTec quick clamp nut for tool-free and quick disc change.

SoftVib handle Dampens vibrations, protects the operator‘s joints.

Safe 3-fold winding protection against metal dust. Prevents the ingress of dust and therefore reduces motor wear. Mesh guard on the winding overhang of the armature (fan side) also extends the service life.

Optimally aligned Special gear ratio for high torque in the medium and low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion from heat.

Robust Armoured winding on the armature (commutator side) protects against deposits and damage to the armature and commutator.

Toolfree Dust guard with tool-free quick adjustment. Simple and quick adjustment to different working positions.

Durable Epoxy-coated winding on the field core protects against abrasive dust and short circuits on the field.

Spindle stop Easy tool change with the integrated spindle stop. Protected from accidental press.

37


Metal surface finishing Accessories INOXFLEX

Adjusted to all the different practical requirements.

Type

Zircon flap disc

Cutting disc, thin

SC-VL disc

Fillet disc

Ø mm

125 x 22,2

125 x 1 x 22,2

125 x 22,2

125 x 6 x 22,2

FixTec M 14*

Velcro pad “Hook”

Recommended speed

Applications

QP

Grit

Order no.

QP

Order no.

QP

Grit

Order no.

QP

Grit

Order no.

10

P 60

349.925

10

349.836

5

medium

358.606

10

6A medium

358.711

10

P 80

349.933

5

fine

367.486

10

3S fine

358.703

4.000-7.000

7.000

Ideal for flap-grinding metals, stainless steel, alloyed and nonalloyed steel, light metals, non ferrous metals, construction steel and cast iron.

Straight, for fast low-force cutting of thin-walled pipes, profiles and plates.

2.500-4.500

2.500-5.000

Removing light damage and Grinding welding seams scratches Removing tarnish Removing tarnish, flash Reduced cutting pressure rust and scales High-quality surfaces on and extremely low chipping welding seams in a single for cool cutting. Preparing, grinding and work step. The perfect disc Removing welding spots polishing welding seams for quick and high-quality and beads, processing weld- Ensures burr-free edges and fillet weld processing. ing seams, breaking and prevents blue discoloration. For grinding, cleaning and rounding edges. finishing stainless steel, Ideal for alloyed and high 30% longer service life by steel, titanium alloys, light alloyed steels, chromed and High material removal rate, packaging in stay-fresh can. metals, non-ferrous metals nickled steels, titanium, guarantees effortless workand plastics. light metals, non-ferrous ing without filling pores. metals and steels. Profiling stone see page 51.

38


Metal surface finishing Accessories INOXFLEX

QP

PYRAFLEX

SC fleece disc

Felt pad

125

125

125

Grit

PP-W

PP-B

PP-C

Order no.

QP

Grit

Order no.

QP

Order no.

QP

QP

QP

10 A 160 (K 120)

364.592

10

coarse

358.614

5

hard

393.347

1 (~ 700 g)

1 (~ 700 g)

1 (~ 1 kg)

10

A 65 (K 280)

358.797

10

medium

358.622

5

soft

393.355

10

A 45 (K 400)

358.800

10

very fine

358.630

Order no.

Order no.

Order no.

10

A 30 (K 600)

358.819

255.004

255.005

255.006

4.000-5.000

Removing scratches and mill scale from stainless steel Creating a grinding pattern according to defined quality criteria (looks, surface finish). Preparing for polishing PYRAFLEX enables quicker work progress. Compared with conventional grinding discs, every second work step can be left out. Shortens work time and improves surface quality, increases service life. For all steels, particularly suitable for stainless steels, titanium, nickel, cobalt and chrome alloys.

2.500-4.500

2.500-3.000

Removing light damage and Made from natural raw scratches materials. Removing tarnish, flash rust, scales and dirt Removing tarnish on welding seams of thin sheets without heat distortion.

Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils for sealing and care).

Felt pad: Wheels for use with polishing pastes and polishing creams Step 1: PP-W pre-polishing paste Step 2: PP-B high-gloss paste Step 3: PP-C final polishing

For grinding, cleaning and finishing stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous metals and plastics.

39


Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools and accessories

LE 14-7 125 INOX Set

Accessories INOXFLEX LE 14-7 125

1400 watt INOXFLEX, specialist for stainless steels and steel alloys, 125 mm

Poli set mini white/blue/creme

• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in medium and low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion due to the developement of heat. • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock • Single-pole switch • This machine is also available in 110 V

Polishing set, consisting of: polishing paste white, polishing paste blue, 100 g each and polishing cream, 100 g. Designation

QP

Order number

PP - W/B/C

1 set 365.041

Velcro backing pad With 8-hole system for optimum dust extraction for all FLEX velcro sanding tools Ø 125 mm. The 3 mm cellular rubber damping reduces the shearing forces between support pad and sanding tool. Thanks to long velcro hooks, there is greater temperature resistance at a high load. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SP D125-8 H/F

125 Ø

1

391.727

Hook and loop backing pad “Hook” Backing pad with foamed base and hook fasteners. Uniform distribution of pressure for sanding and polishing. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

Velcro hook

125 Ø x M 14

1

364.584

FixTec quick clamp nut M 14

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter

125 mm

Max. polishing pad diameter

160 mm

No load speed

2100-7500 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture Weight

Type LE 14-7 125 INOX Set

40

M 14 2,4 kg

Order no. 364.614

Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 clamping flange 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14 1 flap disc P 60 1 fillet weld disc 6 A medium 1 SC-VL polishing flap wheel medium 1 SC fleece disc coarse 1 SC fleece disc medium 1 SC fleece disc very fine 1 PyraFLEX A 160 1 PyraFLEX A 65 1 PyraFLEX A 45 1 PyraFLEX A 30 3 GlossFLEX Disc 1 hook and loop backing pad Hook 1 Poli set mini 1 case insert 1 plastic carry case

For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from Ø 115-150 mm. QP

Order number

1

313.459

Carry case From impact-resistant plastic for LE 14-7 125. Designation

Size ( W x L x H)

TK-L 530x375x130 530 x 375 x 130

QP

Order number

1

367.192

Insert for carry case Carry case insert for LE 14-7 125 INOX Set with tidy function.

Designation

QP

Order number

TKE LE14-7 INOX

1

367.206


Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools

LP 1503 VR

LP 1503 VR Set

Burnishing machine for high-gloss surfaces • VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Adjustable guard: for sanding tools up to Ø 115 mm • Sanding tool replacement: tool-free with knurled screw • Infinately adjustable speed for optimum finishing of various materials for burnishing, structuring, polishing, brushing, smoothing, de-rusting and deburring of steel and stainless steel surfaces. • This machine is also available in 110 V

Burnish with ease with the rubber air roller. The air cushion adapts to any material contour.

For a linear image on the surface: grinding, burnishing, matting and polishing.

This rounds it off. Rubber drive roller and polishing fleece mirror-finish stainless steel guard-rails.

SPECIFICATIONS Power input

1200 watt

Power output

700 watt

Max. tool Ø

115 mm

Tool width

100 mm

Tool fixture No load speed Weight

Type

19 mm 1200-3700 rpm 3,1 kg

Order no.

LP 1503 VR

244.333

LP 1503 VR Set

319.015

Standard equipment LP 1503 VR Set: 1 air pump 1 rubber air roller 1 drive roller 1 set of distance rings 1 fleece A 280/fine 1 sanding sleeve, P 60 1 sanding sleeve, P 100 1 sanding sleeve, P 180 1 fleece sanding sleeve, A 240 1 fleece sanding sleeve, A 400 1 sanding-polishing sleeve, S 600 1 sanding-polishing sleeve, S 1500 2 velcro drive belts 1 velcro fleece belt A 180 2 velcro sanding belts, P 120 1 superfinishing band S 1500 1 plastic carrying case with insert

! Accessories from page 47 41


Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools

LBS 1105 VE

LBS 1105 VE Set

Belt file • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VE electronic control: for infinately adjustable belt speed • Sanding head: rotates through 140°. For use with sanding arms in 9 mm or 30 mm • Quick belt replacement system: for quick, tool-free belt replacement • This machine is also available in 110 V

The belt file - the specialist for those difficult-to-access places.

De-scale, sand-down and polish welds in those difficult-to-access places.Even the insides of cavities and tubes can be reached.

Standard equipment LBS 1105 VE: 1 sanding arm (pointed) 9 mm 1 sanding belt kit for 9 mm sanding arm, P 40/ P 120/ P 220 1 side handle 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5

SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Belt speed

710 watt 420 watt 4-12 m/sec

Belt dimensions LBS 1105 VE 533 x 4-9 mm Belt dimensions LBS 1105 VE Set 533 x 4-30 mm Weight

Type

2,5 kg

Order no.

LBS 1105 VE

270.113

LBS 1105 VE Set

319.007

! Accessories from page 50 42

Standard equipment LBS 1105 VE Set: 1 sanding arm, pointed, 9 mm 1 sanding arm, with large roller, Ø 30/30 mm 2 sanding belts, P 60, 4 mm 2 sanding belts, P 120, 4 mm 2 sanding belts, P 60, 9 mm 2 sanding belts, P 120, 9 mm 2 sanding belts, P 60, 30 mm 2 sanding belts, P 120, 30 mm 1 sanding fleece, A 240, 9 mm 1 sanding fleece, A 240, 30 mm 1 side handle 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 plastic carrying case with insert


Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools

LBR 1506 VRA 1200 watt weld and pipe belt sander • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Sanding belt tension: spring loaded, adapts to pipe diameter from 10 to 250 mm • Sanding belt replacement: quick and easy • Hand grip directly over the sanding belt for fatigue-free work • Sanding belts: wide assortment included sanding fleece for stainless steel applications • Infinately adjustable belt speed • Grinding weld seam directly on front contact roller with locked front swing arm • Grinding pipes: between two rollers with unlocked front swing arm. The grinding belt wraps around the pipe and adapts to the pipe diameter • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output

1200 watt 700 watt

Belt speed

10-30 m/sec

Belt dimensions

40 x 618 mm

Weight

Type LBR 1506 VRA

4,2 kg

Order no. 282.499

Perfect for sanding weld seams. The circulating belt carries off the heat. Weld seams can be sanded down on stainless steel without tempering.

The specialist for larger pipe diameters. The sanding belt adapts itself to any curve – up to 250 mm diameter.

Standard equipment: 1 side handle 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 60 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 120 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 240 1 sanding fleece, continuous, A 240, 618 x 40 mm 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3

! Accessories from page 49 43


Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools

LRP 1503 VRA Boa pipe belt sander

The FLEX sanding boa for the complete seamless working of tubes.

• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Sanding belt replacement: quick and tool-free • High-quality, spring-mounted sanding arm: light alloy with 2 deflection rollers. For optimum wrap-round on pipes, up to max. 270° • Additional side handle: can be rotated 180°, for narrow places • Swinging the supplementary grip locks the sanding arm to allow work in confined spaces, e.g. sanding hand rails near walls. • This machine is also available in 110 V

Pipe bends, sanding and polishing can be done in a clear-cut and rapid manner.

guide pulley

sanding belt

SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Belt speed Belt dimensions Pipe Ø max. Weight

Type LRP 1503 VRA

! Accessories from page 51 44

1200 watt 700 watt 4-12 m/sec 760 x 40/20 mm 125 mm 3,7 kg

Order no. 324.442

Standard equipment: 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 80, 760 x 40 mm 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 120, 760 x 20 mm 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 220, 760 x 20 mm 1 sanding fleece, continuous, A 400, 760 x 40 mm 1 sanding fleece, continuous, A 240, 760 x 40 mm 1 sanding-polishing belt, continuous, S 600, 760 x 40 mm 1 sanding-polishing belt, continuous, S 1500, 760 x 40 mm 1 plastic carrying case with insert

pipe

drive roll


Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools

LLK 1503 VR Fillet weld grinder • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. • Infinately adjustable speed for optimum processing of various materials. • Slim sanding head: sand and polish with ease in corners, easy to guide • Quality abrasives: compressed fleece-fibre nylon • Profiling stone: for pre-profiling the grinding discs

Even difficult-to-reach places on welded pipe fabrications can be worked on with the preprofiled grinding discs.

Neatly de-scale fillet welds. You will discover its strengths where conventional tools get no further.

An exactly pre-profiled compressed disc always ensures precision radii. It is all down to the profiling stone.

SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Max. disc diameter No load speed Weight

Type LLK 1503 VR

1200 watt 700 watt Standard equipment: 152 mm 1 profiling stone 1500-4700 rpm 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14 3,4 kg 1 compact grinding disc, 3 mm, soft 1 compact grinding disc, 3 mm, hard 1 compact grinding disc, 6 mm, soft Order no. 1 compact grinding disc, 6 mm, hard 315.257 1 plastic carrying case with insert

! Accessories from page 51 45


Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools and accessories

Accessories ST 1005 VE Velcro sanding paper Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

39 x 60

P 60

10

258.299

39 x 60

P 120

10

258.300

39 x 60

P 180

10

258.301

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

39 x 60

A 240

10

258.302

QP

Order number

1

258.031

QP

Order number

1

255.265

Velcro sanding fleece

ST 1005 VE

Polishing shoe, square With Velcro polishing cushion.

Finger sander • VE electronic control: infinately adjustable stroke speed via speed selector wheel • Free view of the tool • 2 polishing shoes with Velcro polishing cushion 39 x 60 mm • The linear movement of the tilted sanding pad allows the finger sander to reach into corners and edges, particularly with the pointed pad • Short, compact motor • Handy, lightweight design • For a perfect finish on steel and stainless steel surfaces in hard-to-reach areas • Long stroke for efficient working

Polishing shoe, pointed With Velcro backing.

Linear grinding pattern up into the corner. It is all down to the finger sander and its linear movement.

SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Sanding medium Orbit Orbit rate, no load Weight

Type ST 1005 VE

46

400 watt 220 watt 39 x 60 mm Standard equipment: 8 mm 2 polishing shoes with velcro 1200-4500 opm polishing cushion 2,2 kg 10 velcro sand papers, P 60 10 velcro sand papers, P 120 10 velcro sand papers, P 180 Order no. 10 velcro fleece, A 240, 39 x 60 mm 259.540 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3


Metal surface finishing Accessories

Accessories angle grinders for metal and Inox Superfinishing pad

Accessories LP 1503 VR Poli-clean

High-performance polishing pad for high-gloss polishing of stainless steel and metals, no polishing mediums.

Hard-structured fleece wheel. For cleaning welds and intensive, pore-deep removal of rust and oxidation layers.

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

125 Ø

S 600

1

318.191

100 Ø x 100

extra coarse

1

257.375

125 Ø

S 1500

1

318.205

125 Ø

S 2500

1

320.234

Flap wheel sanding Flexible sanding wheel with individual flexible flap-type sanding lamellae and keyway. 2 wheels are required. For paint removal, sanding and strong graining applications. Removes scratches, rust, old paint, scale and burrs. The 40 grit employed enables the removal of even deep scratches on stainless steel.

Backed fleece Fibre-back and M 14 threaded flange for removing scratches in glass, stainless steel, acrylic and high-gloss polishing of stainless steel. Use only with the respective polishing mediums.

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

100 Ø x 50

P 40

1

250.496

100 Ø x 50

P 60

1

250.498

100 Ø x 50

P 80

1

250.499

100 Ø x 50

P 120

1

250.501

100 Ø x 50

P 180

1

250.504

100 Ø x 50

P 240

1

250.505

100 Ø x 100

P 40

1

358.827

Order number

100 Ø x 100

P 60

1

358.835

100 Ø x 100

P 80

1

358.843

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

122.726

175 Ø

1

122.734

Spare fleece With fiber backing. Dimensions in mm

QP

125 Ø

1

122.742

100 Ø x 100

P 120

1

358.851

175 Ø

1

122.750

100 Ø x 100

P 180

1

358.878

100 Ø x 100

P 240

1

358.886

Buffing wheel mount, M 14 Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

60

1

123.803

Sanding fleece top Flexible fleece roller with heavy-duty fleece. Maximum service life and high grinding power shorten the grinding time. For stainless steel, steel, copper, brass and aluminium. For cleaning, burnishing and smoothing. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

100 Ø x 100

A 80 (coarse)

1

377.910

100 Ø x 100

A 180 (medium)

1

377.929

100 Ø x 100

A 280 (fine)

1

377.937

Sanding fleece Flexible polishing wheel made of sanding grit-impregnated nylon web with a keyway. Two wheels are required (for 50 mm wide fleece only). Achieves effective surface finishes on stainless steel, copper, aluminum, brass, etc. Also ideal for cleaning oxidized coatings and smoothing plastic and wood. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

100 Ø x 50

A 80 (coarse)

1

250.509

100 Ø x 50

A 160 (medium)

1

250.510

100 Ø x 50

A 280 (fine)

1

250.512

100 Ø x 50

A 400 (very fine)

1

250.513

100 Ø x 100

A 80 (coarse)

1

256.973

100 Ø x 100

A 160 (medium)

1

256.974

100 Ø x 100

A 280 (fine)

1

256.975

100 Ø x 100

A 400 (very fine)

1

256.976

47


Metal surface finishing Accessories

Sanding fleece flap

Stranded wire brushes

Flexible combination of sanding flap and sanding fleece. Two wheels are required (for 50 wide). Suitable for dulling and finishing. Removes small scratches on metal, hard plastics and wood.

Made of strong, twisted, gold-colored steel wire. Extremely tough and rigid. For rust removal, deburring, removing dirt and old paint. Brings up the grain structure in wood. Needed is one piece plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522).

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

P 80/A 160

1

250.515

Dimensions in mm

QP

100 Ø x 50

Order number

100 Ø x 50

P 150/A 280

1

250.516

100 Ø x 70

1

251.626

100 Ø x 50

P 240/A 280

1

358.894

100 Ø x 100

P 80/A 160

1

256.977

100 Ø x 100

P 150/A 280

1

256.978

100 Ø x 100

P 240/A 280

1

358.908

Polishing felt Soft, flexible felt polishing wheel. Two wheels are required. For high-gloss polishing when using polishing pastes and creams.

Grinding fleece, folded Flexible polishing wheel with multiple-folded grinding fleece for practically ridge-free grinding stainless steel, copper, aluminium, brass, etc. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

100 Ø x 100

A 100

1

347.272

100 Ø x 100

A 180

1

347.280

100 Ø x 100

A 280

1

347.299

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

100 Ø x 50

grit 60

1

250.525

100 Ø x 50

grit 180

1

250.526

QP

Order number

100 Ø x 50

1

257.374

Cotton buffing wheel Polishing ring made of impregnated cotton cloth. Achieves a highgloss polished finish on aluminum, brass and stainless steel. Needed are 8 pieces plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522).

Fine polishing roller Soft rubber polishing wheel made of grit-impregnated rubber web. 2 rollers are required. For particularly bright longitudinal structures. Best effects are achieved on stainless steel.

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

100 Ø x 10

8

317.950

Distance ring set Required for nylon brushes, stainless steel wire brushes, stranded wire brushes, cotton buffing wheels. Also necessary for sanding flaps, sanding fleeces, sanding fleece flaps, fine sanding rollers and sanding wheels less than 100 mm wide if only one sanding wheel is to be mounted.

Nylon brushes Impregnated with sanding grits. Flexible, interspersed plastic brushes. For deburring, cleaning, roughing and smoothing. (Also suitable for wood, brushing applications and removing fibres.) Needed is one piece plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522).

Order number

8

250.522

INOX Clean spray To seal the surface, 400 ml tin.

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

QP

Order number

100 Ø x 70

S 80

1

251.624

1

298.301

Rubber air roller

Stainless steel wire brush

48

QP

Flexible stainless steel wire brush. Rust removal, deburring, roughing and paint removal. Needed is one piece plus distance ring set (Order no. 250.522).

For sensitive contour sanding. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

90 Ø x 100

1

256.415

100 Ø x 70

1

251.625

With air pump and ring fastener. For sensitive contour sanding. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

90 Ø x 100

1

257.004


Metal surface finishing Accessories

Belts for LP 1503 VR / LBR 1506 VRA Air pump

Sanding belt For pumping up rubber air rollers.

For polishing pipes and pipe fittings. QP

Order number

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

1

256.284

618 x 40

P 36

10

223.670

618 x 40

P 60

10

223.689

618 x 40

P 120

10

266.132

618 x 40

P 240

10

250.610

Sanding-polishing sleeve For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

90 Ø x 100

S 600

1

318.175

90 Ø x 100

S 1500

1

318.183

Sanding fleece For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.

Zirconium corundum sanding sleeves For coarse and medium sanding. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

90 Ø x 100

P 60 blue

5

256.285

90 Ø x 100

P 100 grey

5

256.286

90 Ø x 100

P 180 brown

5

256.287

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

618 x 40

A 100

3

317.969

618 x 40

A 240

3

317.977

618 x 40

A 400

3

317.985

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

618 x 40

1

255.003

Felt belt For polishing stainless steel surfaces.

Fleece sanding sleeves For decorative finishes. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

90 Ø x 100

A 100 brown

1

256.288

90 Ø x 100

A 240 red

1

256.289

90 Ø x 100

A 400 blue

1

256.290

Belts for LP 1503 VR Velcro sanding belt For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.

Drive roller For sanding belt drive. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

60 Ø x 100

1

255.731

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

600 x 40

P 60

10

284.718

600 x 40

P 120

10

284.726

Velcro fleece For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.

Drive roller With stainless steel guide discs. Needed is the distance ring set (Order no. 250.522). Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

62 Ø x 70

1

303.054

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

600 x 40

A 100

2

281.069

600 x 40

A 180

2

281.077

600 x 40

S 400

2

281.085

Superfinishing band Carry case with insert

For high-gloss polishing of stainless steel.

Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for LP 1503 VR. QP

Order number

1

319.066

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

600 x 40

S 1500

2

318.736

49


Metal surface finishing Accessories

Velcro drive belt, blue

Sanding belt, 4 mm

For closing and releasing the different belts. Simple application - tensile resistance up to 100 kg.

Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm.

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

700 x 30

2

281.050

Adhesive tape for sanding belt For sealing open sanding belts for the LP 1503 VR.

Grit

QP

Order number

533 x 4

P 40

10

303.607

533 x 4

P 60

10

303.615

533 x 4

P 120

10

303.623

533 x 4

P 220

10

303.631

Sanding belt, 9 mm

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

40 x 5000

1

251.838

Accessories LBS 1105 VE Sanding arm, 9 mm, pointed for extremely tight spaces. Application cases: Sanding wedge seams (small radius), sanding down corrosion spots, smoothen tight contours, deburring edges, sanding banisters, sanding groove gaps for tongue-and-groove boards.

Dimension of roller in mm

QP

Order number

25 Ø x 9

1

256.525

Sanding arm, 9 mm, cambered For angles and tight spaces. Application cases: Sanding wedge seams (large radius), deburring edges, sanding banisters, sanding groove gaps for tongue-and-groove boards.

Dimension of roller in mm

QP

Order number

25 Ø x 9

1

256.532

Sanding arm, 30 mm, small roller For edges and surfaces. Application cases: Sanding butt seam welds, deburring edges, sanding surfaces, removing rust.

Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

533 x 9

P 40

10

257.101

533 x 9

P 60

10

257.105

533 x 9

P 120

10

257.102

533 x 9

P 220

10

257.103

Sanding belt, 30 mm Continuous, for 30 mm sanding arm. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

533 x 30

P 40

10

256.538

533 x 30

P 60

10

255.328

533 x 30

P 120

10

255.329

533 x 30

P 220

10

255.330

Sanding fleece, 9 mm Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

533 x 9

A 240

3

318.663

533 x 9

A 400

3

318.671

Sanding fleece, 30 mm Continuous, for 30 mm sanding arm.

Dimension of roller in mm

QP

Order number

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

20 Ø x 30

1

255.282

533 x 30

A 240

3

318.647

533 x 30

A 400

3

318.655

Sanding arm, 30 mm, large roller For pipes and curves. Application cases: Sanding weld seams on pipes, sanding down radii and transitions, deburring.

50

Dimensions in mm

Superfinishing band For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps.

Dimension of roller in mm

QP

Order number

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

30 Ø x 30

1

258.888

533 x 30

S 600

1

318.132

533 x 30

S 1500

1

318.140


Metal surface finishing Accessories

Felt belt, 9 mm

INOX Clean spray For polishing stainless steel surfaces.

To seal the surface, 400 ml tin.

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

QP

Order number

533 x 9

1

259.420

1

298.301

Felt belt, 30 mm

Carry case with insert For polishing stainless steel surfaces. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

533 x 30

1

259.419

Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for LRP 1503 VRA. QP

Order number

1

327.603

Carry case with insert Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for LBS 1105 VE. QP

Order number

1

319.074

Accessories LLK 1503 VR Compact grinding disc Professional sanding discs: hot-compressed compact sanding discs for stainless steel, metal, and other materials in 2 different thicknesses and hardnesses: the hard sanding disc is used for grinding, the soft one for polishing.

Accessories LRP 1503 VRA Sanding belt For polishing pipes and pipe fittings. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

760 x 40

P 80

10

326.739

760 x 40

P 120

10

326.755

760 x 40

P 220

10

326.771

760 x 20

P 120

10

326.801

760 x 20

P 220

10

326.836

Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

152 x 3 x 25

soft

1

313.416

152 x 3 x 25

hard

1

313.424

152 x 6 x 25

soft

1

313.432

152 x 6 x 25

hard

1

313.440

Profiling stone For pre-profiling the compressed sanding discs. QP

Order number

1

315.494

Sanding fleece FixTec quick clamp nut M 14

For polishing pipes and pipe fittings. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

760 x 40

A 100

3

326.895

760 x 40

A 240

3

326.879

760 x 40

A 400

3

326.852

Superfinishing band

For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from Ø 115-150 mm. QP

Order number

1

313.459

Carry case with insert

For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

760 x 40

S 600

1

326.917

760 x 40

S 1500

1

326.933

Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for LLK 1503 VR. QP

Order number

1

319.082

51


Saws

FLEX saws for the professional Whether renovating and restoring or cutting different materials – the robust reciprocating, circular and band saws from FLEX are characterised by their powerful and precise cuts. The FLEX reciprocating saws feature powerful and robust motors for rapid work progress and long service life. The variable speed settings allow the speed to be adjusted optimally to the corresponding workpiece. The accelerator switch enables sensitive start-sawing when making the first cut. The metal band saw SBG 4910 offers greater flexibility. It can be activated and hand-controlled with a saw bench or by a simple handle on the saw bench. The CS 60 WET diamond stone cutter is the ideal machine for stonemasons, kitchen and shop fitters and tilers who have to make precise and clean separating and mitre cuts in natural and artificial stone; the machine can also be used in gardening and landscaping.

52


Saws

Sabre saw SKE 2902 VV







Pipe sabre saw SR 602 VV





Pipe sabre saw SK 602 VV





Metal-cutting band saw SBG 4910





Metal-cutting circular saw CSM 4060

Drywall saw CSE 55 T (Page 116)

Wet stone cutter CS 60 WET (Page 276)  











Artificial stone

Natural stone

Gypsum/cement/ concrete

Acrylic glass

Chipboard/OSB

Aluminium

Timber



Steel grating

Metal profiles



Sheet metal

Metal pipes

Sabre saw S 2902 VV

Solid metal

Machines

Keen to cut pipes, profiles and angles













highly suitable, highly recommended suitable, recommended

53


Saws Overview of power tools

SR 602 VV

SK 602 VV

Variable-speed pipe sabre saw with pipe clamp

Variable-speed sabre saw with pipe cutting support

• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection and speed selector wheel • Orbital stroke: selective • For sawing pipes up to 4" at an exact right angle, without exerting high force • Extremely rugged and powerful version with large rectangular thrust bar for high loading when used with a pipe clamp or chain clamping fixture

• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection and speed selector wheel • Orbital stroke: selective • Standard cutting support • Adjustable pipe cutting support for pipes up to 1 ½” • Acceleration trigger: sensitive sawing at the first cut • With reinforced recip shaft guide and adjustable saw stop

SPECIFICATIONS Orbit rate, no load Orbit Power input Power output Weight

Type SR 602 VV

! Accessories from page 59 54

SPECIFICATIONS 0-2400 opm 27 mm 1300 watt Standard equipment: 850 watt 1 side handle 4,4 kg 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 standard cutting support 1 assortment of saw blades Bestell-Nr. 1 pipe clamp for pipes up to 2" 278.866 1 plastic carry case

Orbit rate, no load

0-2400 opm

Orbit

27 mm Standard equipment: 1300 watt 1 side handle 850 watt 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 3,9 kg 1 standard cutting support 1 assortment of saw blades 1 spare clamp for sabre saw blade Order no. 1 pipe cutting support 282.308 1 plastic carry case

Power input Power output Weight

Type SK 602 VV

! Accessories from page 58


Saws Overview of power tools

S 2902 VV

SKE 2902 VV

1200 watt universal reciprocating saw with accelerator trigger switch

1200 watt reciprocating saw with orbital cutting action

• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger • Durable 1200 watt high-power motor • Soft-grip handle: eliminates most of the vibration and ensures non-slip handling • Universal saw blade holder: for an easy saw blade exchange • Saw blade reverses to allow over-head sawing • Tilt-adjustable saw support for accurate application to workpiece

SPECIFICATIONS Orbit rate, no load Orbit

• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger • Durable 1200 watt high-power motor • Orbital stroke: switch-activated, especially for fast sawing through wood • Soft-grip handle: eliminates most of the vibration and ensures non-slip handling • Quick-Change: Exchange saw blades quickly without tools with the stainless steel saw blade tool holder • Saw blade reverses to allow over-head sawing • Tilt-adjustable saw support for accurate application to workpiece, with 4-step tool-free depth adjustment

SPECIFICATIONS 0-2600 opm 28 mm

Orbit rate, no load Orbit

0-2600 opm 28 mm

Power input

1200 watt

Power input

1200 watt

Power output

670 watt

Power output

670 watt

Weight

Type S 2902 VV

! Accessories from page 58

3,8 kg Standard equipment: 1 assortment of saw blades 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3/16” Order no. 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5/32” 307.779 1 plastic carry case

Weight

Type SKE 2902 VV

4 kg Standard equipment: 1 assortment of saw blades 331.678 1 plastic carry case

Order no.

! Accessories from page 58 55


Saws Overview of power tools

Can be used with saw bench or even hand-controlled.

Robust machine table and vice with prismatic guide for clamping workpieces securely and reliably.

Two belt speeds for sawing solid and hollow profiles. Working without cooling fluids.

3-point ball-bearing bandsaw blade guide for optimum blade control.

Safety switch to prevent the power tool from unintentionally switching on again following a power failure.

The stop is on the underside of the saw bench. Simple assembly. Included in the standard equipment.

NEW

SBG 4910

Metal-cutting band saw with swivelling saw frame • 2 belt speeds: for sawing solid and hollow sections • Recommended belt speeds: Step I, solid steel, stainless steel, aluminium; Step II, steel, stainless steel, aluminium tubes • Cutting without a stand: with 90° straight cut, round and square section, max. 80 mm, rectangular section max. 100 x 80 mm, freehand use 150 x 80 mm • Continuous tool-free adjustment of the cutting angle from 0°-45° • With stand, easy release for freehand use • 3-point ball-bearing bandsaw blade guide for optimum blade control • With bracket locking device: for mobile applications and easy transport • Safety switch: prevents uncontrolled reactivation following power interruptions • Work without coolant • Especially in fire hazardous surroundings the SBG for spark free cutting of metal

SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Dimensions of saw band Belt speed per minute Size ( W x L x H)

850 watt 445 watt 1335 x 13 x 0,65 mm 60 / 80 mm rpm 66x31x38 mm

Max. cutting range: round cross sectional cut at 45°/90°

68 mm / 80 mm

Max. cutting range: square cross sectional cut at 45°/90°

60 mm / 80 mm

Max. cutting range: rectangular cross sectional cut at 45°/90° Weight of saw arm Weight (complete unit)

Type SBG 4910

! Accessories from page 58 56

68x55 mm / 100x80 mm 7,9 kg 18,0 kg Standard equipment: 1 parallel guide fence 390.518 1 bimetal saw blade

Order no.

With saw bench: simply released Continuous tool-free adjustfor hand-controlled use. ment of the cutting angle from 0° - 45°


Saws Overview of power tools

CSM 4060 Metal-cutting circular saw for dry cutting

Maximum cutting depths:

• For accurate metal cutting without coolant • Tool-free adjustable guide plate, continuous saw depth adjustment to 63 mm • Chip collection compartment with sight glass: large capacity, tool-free emptying • Special carbide-tipped saw blades: nearly burr-free cuts, trimming threaded bars possible without recutting the thread • Spindle lock • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Solid material / flat steel: 6 mm; Round material: 20 mm; Hollow sections: 63 mm

Solid material / flat steel: 6 mm; Round material: 20 mm; Hollow sections: 63 mm

SPECIFICATIONS Blade Ø Saw blade drill Ø Max. cutting depth (90°)

185 mm 20 mm 0-63 mm

Max. material thickness in steel 400 N/mm²

6 mm

Max. material thickness in aluminium 250 N/mm²

10 mm

No load speed Power input Power output Weight

Type CSM 4060

3800 rpm 1400 watt Standard equipment: 720 watt 2 carbide tipped saw blades for 5,4 kg steel, 38 teeth (185 x 20 mm) 1 parallel guide fence 1 ring / open-ended wrench Order no. 1 safety glasses 307.815 1 plastic carry case

! Accessories from page 59 57


Saws Accessories

Accessories SBG 4910, 4908

Accessories SK 602 VV, SKE 2902 VV, SÂ 2902 VV, SKL 2903 VV

Saw blades Bi-metallic saw bands with positive cutting angle for rapid work progress thanks to optimised machining performance with improved cutting accuracy and maximum service life. Suitable for thick-walled pipes, flat and square steel, round steel, bundled material as well as non-ferrous metals. Designation

Size ( W x L x H)

Teeth QP per inch

SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 18 Bi-M42 18 VE2

2

Order number

Teeth QP per inch

SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 8/12 Bi-M 8/12 VE3 SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 10/14 Bi-M 10/14 VE3

Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

18

100

5

200.700

Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 3.0 mm and more, bi-metal.

Bi-metal sawband for steel, stainless steel, non-ferrous and aluminium. Saw band with vario-tooth pitch. For extreme vibration free working, with positive rake angle for optimal cutting power and cost effectiveness. Size ( W x L x H)

Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 1.15 mm and more, bi-metal.

399.485

Saw blades

Designation

Sabre saw blades for metal and sheet material

Order number

Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

14

150

5

200.727

Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 1.15 mm and more, bi-metal.

3

359.289

Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

3

359.130

18

150

5

200.735

Hard metals, 1.15 mm and thinner, bi-metal. Sawband from tool steel with extra hardened teeth, especially aligned for thin walled cross sections and profiles.

Designation

Size ( W x L x H)

Teeth QP per inch

SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 18 WS 18 VE3 SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 24 WS 24 VE3

Order number

3

359.106

3

359.270

Spannbacken Protective plastic jaws with magnet, suitable for SBG 4908 and 4910, with prism, for the secure clamping of materials with sensitive surfaces. By using protective jaws, the cutting distance on the SBG 4910 is reduced to 15 mm.

58

Designation

QP

Order number

SBG-SP 10 VE2

2

388.718

Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

24

150

5

200.743

Long metal blade 3 - 10 mm, bi-metal. For steel hollow section pipes, V2A, plastics pipes (also for pallet repair). Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

10

280

5

201.928

Hard metals, 3.0 mm and thicker (also for palette repair), bi-metal. Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

14

200

5

217.190


Saws Accessories

Sabre saw blade for wood, plaster, porous concrete and other applications Wood with nails, bi-metal. Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

10

150

5

200.778

Accessories SR 602 VV Pipe saw blades Pipe Ø up to 2", wall thickness from 3.0 mm.

Wooden board (coarse/standard cuts). Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

6

300

5

201.936

Length in mm

QP

Order number

3

225

5

250.054

150

1

202.061

3

300

1

206.210

QP

Order number

150

3

198.757

QP

Order number

1

329.908

8

150

5

252.329

Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

8

210

5

251.620

Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

8

275

5

252.167

Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

18

230

5

252.136

Teeth per inch

Length in mm

QP

Order number

18

310

5

252.137

Plastic pipe up to 200 mm Ø.

Plastic multi-carrying case Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C, BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, SK 602 VV.

Order number

Plastic pipe up to 125 mm Ø.

Sabre blade assortment for plastic/wood/metal Length in mm

QP

Pipe Ø up to 6", wall thickness from 3.0 mm (only with chain clamp fixture).

Plaster, porous concrete, eternit, non-ferrous metal, glass-fiber reinforced plastic, carbide tipped. Teeth Length QP Order per inch in mm number 6

Length in mm

Pipe Ø up to 4", wall thickness from 3.0 mm.

Coarse rapid cuts in wood. Teeth per inch

Teeth per inch

Accessories CSM 4060 Carbide tipped saw blade for steel Enables a practically burr-free cut, no touching up is necessary.

Dimensions in mm

Teeth

QP

Order number

185 Ø x 20

38

1

312.304

59


60


Tools for renovation and modernization FLEX has the right solution for whatever the task in floor, wall and ceiling finishing – whether it is cutting slots for in-wall installation of cables and conduits, removing plaster, concrete, screed or render coatings. In fact, FLEX special machines and the individually coordinated accessories surmount each and every obstacle.

360° dry construction system

62

Wall and ceiling sanders Handy-Giraffe® Vario-Giraffe® Accessories Classic-Giraffe® Accessories Abrasives Concrete-Giraffe Accessories Giraffe mobile workstation

64 68 72 77 78 83 86 88 91 92

Drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers Accessories Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V Cordless drill driver 18,0 V Accessories Drywall saw CSE 55 T Accessories

96 98 103 104 108 114 116 121

Renovation machines RETECFLEX, Accessories LD 1709 FR, Accessories LDC 1709 FR, Accessories LD 3206 C, Accessories HPI 603, Accessories

122 124 134 136 138 140

Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver 10,8 V, Accessories Cordless drill driver 14,4 V, Accessories Rotary hammer drills, Accessories Dry core drilling, Accessories

142 144 146 152 160

Special tool Wall chaser Gutter support groove cutter Accessories

164 164 165 165

Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX Palm, delta and random orbit sanders Overview of power tools Accessories

166 168 180 186 189

Safety vacuum cleaner Compact class Construction/workshop class Suction systems Overview of power tools Accessories

194 196 198 202 204 207

Mixers Overview of power tools Mixing paddles, Accessories

212 215 222

Laser measuring technology Overview of power tools Accessories

224 232 235

61


360° dry construction system

FLEX 360° dry construction system. The perfect partner for the dry construction professional. Preparation FLEX offers an extensive range of electric power tools for the preparation of drywalls. These include in particular renovation sanders and scouring machines for use on floors, walls and ceilings to remove old coverings, paintwork and to prepare optimum substrates. To ensure a low-dust workplace, the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners, classes L, M and H, are available. And don’t forget the FLEX fixing, demolition and combination hammers. Assembly Perfect assembly includes the use of professional laser measuring devices as well as powerful hammer drills, drywall screwdrivers and cordless drill drivers. Finishing With its Giraffe family FLEX is no. 1 in the world for wall and ceiling sanding systems. And the following also applies: Health has top priority. This is achieved by the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners. To ensure a perfect finish, paints, fillers, etc. must also be mixed. FLEX provides an extensive range of mixers and mixing paddles.


360° dry construction system

Application

Renovation sanders/scouring machine

Hammer drills/caulking hammers

Cordless drill drivers

Cordless drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers Drywall saw Lasers

Wall and ceiling sanders

Sanders

Mixers

Safety vacuum cleaners

Sabre saws

Type

Preparation

LD 1709 FR LDC 1709 FR LD 3206 C RE 14-5 115 HPI 603 CHE 2-26 SDS-plus CHE 5-45 SDS-max DH 5 SDS-max AD 14,4/3,0 ADH 14,4/3,0 AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” AID 14,4/3,0 ½” AD 18,0/3,0 R ADW 18,0-42 DW 7-25 DW 7-45 DW 7-60 CSE 55 T ALC 2/1 ALC 2-F ALC 1-360 WST 700 VV WST 700 VV Plus WSE 500 WST 1000 FV WSE 7 Vario WSE 7 Vario Plus OSE 80-2 ODE 100-2 ORE 125-2 SE 14-2 125 X 1107 VE LL 1107 VEA MXE 900 MXE 1100/MXE 1102 MXE 1300/MXE 1302 R 600 VV R 1800 VV RZ 600 VV VC 25 L MC VC 35 L MC VCE 35 L AC VCE 45 L AC VCE 45 M AC VCE 45 H AC S 2902 VV SKE 2902 VV

• • • • • • • •

Assembly

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • •

Finishing

• •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

63


Wall and ceiling sanders

FLEX Giraffe® – globally the No. 1 for wall and ceiling sanding systems. The work of painters, drywall constructors, plastering specialists and many other trades was revolutionised with the introduction by FLEX of the first Giraffe® WS 702 VEA long-neck sander for wall and ceiling working in Europe in 1997. The FLEX Giraffe® is the world's most widely-sold long-neck sander. The reliable and proven Giraffe® WS 702 VEA was followed by the innovative and unrivaled Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV. For the first time there is now a long-neck sander – equipped with a unique interchangeable head system – which can “stretch”. Along with sanding large surfaces, the innovative triangular sanding head has now also made it possible to seamlessly sand up to edges and into corners. Without the need for a ladder or scaffolding. This allows for a direct finish of the corners and edges. The Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV is the result of consequently adapting the technology of the successful long-neck sander to work on concrete, plaster, paint coatings, screeds, both natural and artificial stone, tile adhesives and many other materials on walls and ceilings. Now the FLEX Giraffe family is being supplemented by another sander. The new small and convenient Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is the ideal addition to the VarioGiraffe®, above all when processing confined spaces and rather small wall and ceiling areas. To make your work even easier on large surfaces and high ceilings up to 3.20 m, we have developed the Giraffe mobile workstation GM 320. FLEX now has a unique family of long-neck sanders which can deal with practically all the requirements demanded. An insight is provided on the following pages into the numerous applications for FLEX Giraffe sanders.

64


Wall and ceiling sanders

Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500

Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario Set

Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario Plus

Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV

Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV Plus

Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV

FLEX Vario-System

Extendable

Tool-free sanding head change-over

Sanding head round Ø 225 mm

Sanding head triangular

Sanding head for diamond discs

Velcro sanding pad supersoft

Velcro sanding pad soft

• –

– •

Velcro sanding pad medium

Velcro sanding pad hard

Suction hose anti-static

Storage and stacking system

Carry case

Standard equipment available as an accessory. not available

65


66


The FLEX Vario system. Everything with a click. Whether wall or ceiling, whether small or large work surfaces, whether surfaces or edges and corners – you are ready for everything with the wall and ceiling sanders of the FLEX Vario system. In addition to the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV, the ideal sander for high walls and ceilings, you now have the “small” HandyGiraffe® WSE 7 Vario for processing smaller areas which are difficult to access. And all that with the intelligent double head system for round and triangular sanders. Be convinced by the smart FLEX Vario system on the following pages.

67


68


Wall and ceiling sanders Handy-Giraffe®

WSE 7 Vario. So small but so clever. The Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is part of a unique system for processing walls and ceilings. It is light and handy and is therefore suitable for use on smaller surfaces and confined spaces. With the unique FLEX change head system, the Handy-Giraffe® can be used not only to process surfaces, but also to sand near edges. It is the ideal supplement to the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV.

Always in control The special handle cover ensures comfortable handling and allows the Handy-Giraffe® to be controlled with precision.

FLEX Clip system The suction hose is conveniently connected to the WSE 7 Vario via the Flex Clip system.

Just in case On/off switch protected from dust and impacts.

More freedom The extraction hose is attached to the machine and ensures trouble-free operation.

This is really something Powerful, high-output 700 watt motor for rapid work progress.

Into the smallest corner As the triangular sanding head is changed with a simple handle, edges and corners can be processed immediately.

Adjustable VR electronic control with controllable speed from 600-1800 rpm (round sanding head) ensures that the speed is adjusted for sanding. With tachogenerator-controlled constant speed and restart protection.

Interchangeable head system Simply press the two locks on the holder of the sanding head and remove the sanding head with a click.

69


Wall and ceiling sanders Handy-Giraffe®

WSE 7 Vario. Variable in the most confined space. The compact multi-talent.

The Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is characterised by its excellent dust extraction. The vacuum cleaner is connected easily and simply via the FLEX Clip system and the special hose guide ensures trouble-free operation. As the ideal supplement we recommend the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner (starting on page 194).

Comfortable

Solution for corner

Perfect result

The special grip hood and the slender design contribute to the high ease of operation.

The small Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario allows sanding into the smallest corner – and with maximum surface quality.

The changeable triangular sanding head enables processing near edges – for a perfect finish.

70


Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools

WSE 7 Vario Set

WSE 7 Vario Plus

WSE 7 Vario

Handy-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander • VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life • Grip hood for easy handling and precise working • With interchangeable head system for round- and triangular sanding head for sanding close to edges • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping • Backing pad with hook and loop face • Defined hose guidance and effective dust extraction due to large hose cross-section. The suction hose is directly attached to the tool by the FLEX clip-system • Lightweight and easy-to-use on small surfaces, tight spaces • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting • Machine without sanding head as an addition for the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV and WST 700 VV Plus Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario Set: Round sanding head with velcro sanding pad soft Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 Carry case

SPECIFICATIONS Power input

Placement of carry case WSE 7 Vario Plus

710 watt

420 watt Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario Plus: Round sanding head with velcro sanding No load speed 600-1800 rpm pad soft Corner sander no-load speed 1800-5400 rpm Triangular sanding head Size ( W x L x H) 330 x 120 x 170 mm Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, Weight 2,8 kg 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 Velcro backed abrasive paper, triangular, Type Order no. Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 Carry case WSE 7 Vario Set 385.166 Power output

WSE 7 Vario Plus WSE 7 Vario

385.190

Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario: 377.821 Machine without sanding heads in cardboard box

! Accessories from page 77 71


Wall and ceiling sanders Vario-GiraffeÂŽ

The Vario-GiraffeÂŽ WST 700 VV. Clever yet simple. The innovation of the long-neck sander.

Excellent innovation Handy and easy to extend, exchange function for round and triangular sanding heads, a great variety of grip possibilities for optimum balance of the tool and the excellent FLEX performance and quality. It makes no difference how you get hold of the Vario-GiraffeÂŽ – you will always find that ideal holding position for comfortable fatigue-free working. The uniform distribution of weight and centrally positioned motor guarantees that the Vario-GiraffeÂŽ is always optimally balanced. This minimizes any top-heaviness when sanding and it considerably facilitates the work. The ergonomic design and numerous gripping possibilities allows you to hold the tool in the most comfortable positions. Round sanding head The round sanding head is optimally suited for sanding large areas at high removal rates both quickly and effectively. The soft backing pad prevents grooves or swirls from developing. And of course our extraction system makes sure that the working environment stays practically dust-free. In conjunction with the right FLEX abrasives the application range is practically unlimited. Triangular sanding head Workflows are perfected by the innovative triangular sanding head. Manual refinishing or refinishing with a hand-held random orbital sander is not required. The sander head is exchanged with a simple hand movement and corner and edge working can be carried out immediately. With the eccentric movement of the grinding pad reaching up to the rim of the sander head, seamless working of edges and corners is guaranteed. Thanks to the 360° rotating sanding head, the Vario-GiraffeÂŽ can be easily directed around corners. Naturaly the accustomed vacuum power stays the same. FLEX safety vacuum cleaners (starting page 194) provides with the optimum complimentation for healthy and dust-free working. FLEX will, of course, offers the right range of accessories and the right abrasives (starting page 86).

72


Wall and ceiling sanders Vario-Giraffe®

The WST 700 VV is full of surprises. With its numerous technical innovations the Vario-Giraffe® is characterised by its applications, handling and result. It can always be optimally adjusted to the corresponding requirements. It depends on the correct length Tool-free telescopic from 133-173 cm.

Always clamps Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension.

Dust extraction system The extraction stops the abrasive from clogging and allows work to be done in a dust-free and healthy environment. The brush ring is spring mounted. Allowing the sanding head to adjust itself perfectly to all unevenness. This allows for a sensitive surface contact.

FLEX Clip system Snap coupling for the suction hose with swivel.

Packed with power Powerful 710 watt motor.

Greater flexibility The flexible suction hose makes it easy to evenly set down. This prevents grooves and swirls.

Just in case VV electronic control with controllable speed from 1100-1700 rpm (round sanding head) ensures that the speed is adjusted for sanding different surfaces. With tachogeneratorcontrolled constant speed and soft-start.

Ergonomic The ergonomically shaped handle for comfortable and save work.

The rotatable handle The ergonomically shaped T-handle gives additional hold when sanding ceilings. Handle can be rotated 360°.

Balanced In addition to its ergonomic handgrip the Vario-Giraffe® provides numerous gripping positions for a perfect balance by working directly in front of your body.

Stable When resting the Vario-Giraffe®, the long handle protects the hose from kinking.

The Vario-Giraffe® is smart The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle. The joint rotates horizontally. This both facilitates guiding and surface contact so that no grooves form.

Easy and variable Easy-to-operate telescope lock. Open lever – pull out handle for the right length – close lever.

Interchangeable head system Easy, tool-free exchange of the round and triangular heads.

73


Wall and ceiling sanders Vario-Giraffe®

Round or square?

It makes no difference! The Vario-Giraffe® can do both.

The high removal rate and effectiv dust extraction make for a quick work progress. Whether it is sanding wallpapered surfaces, taped joints or even finely sanding down marble and smoothing plaster,the round sanding head-equipped Vario-Giraffe® achieves results that you can be proud of. Edges and corners can be worked on using the exchangeable orbital triangular sanding head. No need for additional manual touching-up. Seamless sanding in all positions thanks to the 360° rotating triangular sanding head. Even in the corners and angles, the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV Plus always impresses with perfect results.

74


Wall and ceiling sanders Vario-Giraffe®

Only the result counts.

Precise and safe control.

Perfectly balanced

Giraffe® stretch!

Thanks to the numerous grip options, the Vario-Giraffe® can always be guided precisely and safely – even directly in front of your body.

For optimum balance the Vario-Giraffe® has an additional handle on the motor housing in addition to the ergonomic handle.

High ceilings can be comfortably reached thanks to the T-handle and the tool-free telescopic extension of 133–173 cm. Furthermore, the sanding pressure can be optimally applied.

Always on target

Just in case

Right into the corner

As the sanding head can rotate through 360°, the Vario-Giraffe® can be negotiated around the corners. This allows seamless sanding in all positions, even in the tightest corners and angles.

The new exchangeable protective corners with upholstered sliding strips provide the surfaces to be processed with special protection.

Thanks to the telescopic function, corners which are difficult to access can also be easily processed with the triangular sanding head.

360°

75


Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools

WST 700 VV

WST 700 VV Plus

Vario-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander

Vario-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander

• VV electronic control: controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection with adjuster wheel • Using a unique telescopic system, the Vario-Giraffe® adapts to your needs. Length adjustable from 1330 mm - 1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull out handle and close lever. Handle rotates through 360° • Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension • Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a perfect balance • With round sanding head that can be exchanged with just a click • Backing pad with hook and loop face • Vacuum cleaning system: guard with a brush ring, flexible suction hose from the sanding head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the telescopic tube for FLEX safety vacuum cleaner • The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle. • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting, polishing • This machine is also available in 110 V

• VV electronic control: controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection with adjuster wheel • Using a unique telescopic system, the Vario-Giraffe® adapts to your needs. Length adjustable from 1330 mm - 1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull out handle and close lever. Handle rotates through 360° • Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension • Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a perfect balance • Fitted with interchangeable heads that are attached and removed with a click. • Including triangular sanding head. This is optimally suited to sanding corners and edges. The random orbital movement of the sanding head takes the abrasive right up to the edges • Backing pad with hook and loop face • The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle. • Vacuum cleaning system: guard with a brush ring, flexible suction hose from the sanding head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the telescopic tube for FLEX safety vacuum cleaner • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting, polishing • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output No load speed Corner sander no-load speed Dimensions in mm Weight

Type WST 700 VV WST 700 VV, without suction hose

! Accessories from page 77 76

SPECIFICATIONS 710 watt

Power input

420 watt

Power output

420 watt

No load speed

1100-1700 rpm

Corner sander no-load speed

3300-5100 rpm

1100-1700 rpm Standard equipment: 3300-5100 rpm Round sanding head with velcro sanding 1330-1730 pad soft 4,8 kg Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 Order no. Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m 350.311 with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner 378.127 Carry case

Dimensions in mm Weight

Type

710 watt

1330-1730 4,8 kg

Order no.

WST 700 VV Plus

350.338

WST 700 VV Plus, without suction hose

374.547

! Accessories from page 77

Standard equipment: Triangular sanding head Round sanding head with velcro sanding pad soft Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 Velcro backed abrasive paper, triangular, Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner Carry case


Wall and ceiling sanders Accessories

Accessories WST 700 VV, WSE 7 Round sanding head

Velcro triangular backing pad

Optimally suitable for finishing large surfaces on walls and ceilings. Effective dust extraction, high surface removal rate.

Backing pad for plaster or hard filler compounds in drywall construction, for use with velcro backed abrasives.

QP

Order number

QP

Order number

1

350.346

1

354.988

QP

Order number

1

115.460

Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5

Triangular sanding head

For changing the backing pads.

Ideally suited for the processing of corners and edges. The eccentric movement of the sanding head guides the sanding tool directly up to the edge. With exchangeable protective corners with sliding strips. Designation

QP

Order number

VSX 290x290

1

388.289

Storage system Fits on to the industrial vacuum cleaner S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC, VCE 45 H AC for resting the WST 700 VV Giraffe®, WST 1000 FV or MS 1706 FR wall chaser and vacuum hose.

Velcro backing pad Ø 225, round Supersoft. The sanding disc enables extremely gentle positioning on the wall. The set consists of a backing pad, Velcro adapter, clamping disc and screw. Designation

Type

KAD D225/16 Set supersoft

QP

Order number

1

399.418

Type

QP

Order number

SP-S D225-10

soft

1

366.862

Type

SP-M D225-10 medium

QP

Order number

1

352.306

Order number

OS-VSE 35/45

1

350.370

Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. Designation

QP

Order number

SH-C 32x4m AS

1

354.953

Carry case Made of impact-resistant plastic for the RE 14-5 115, WSE 7.

Medium backing pad for sanding down soft fillers. Velcro system for fixing of abrasives. Designation

QP

Antistatic suction hose

Soft. Highly flexible backing pad. Facilitates handling and allows for sensitive working. Prevents damage (swirl marks) when the pad touches the surface. For use with velcro backed abrasives. Designation

Designation

Designation

Size ( W x L x H)

TK-L 609x409x201 609 x 409 x 201

QP

Order number

1

366.641

Case insert - lid

Hard backing pad with high removal rate, with use with velcro backed abrasives.

Suitable insert for round grinding head and sandpaper for the cover of the carrying case 366.641.

Designation

Type

QP

Order number

Designation

QP

Order number

SP-H D225-10

hard

1

350.362

TKE-T WSE7

1

383.902

Case insert - bottom

Soft sanding pad Ø 225, round Soft sanding pad between grinding pad and abrasive paper. Ideal for finishing surfaces. Improves the dust extractor action and lengthens the service life of the sanding disks. Recommendation: work with soft sanding pad for in-between and final sanding involving finer grain. Do not work with soft sand pad for rough sanding involving coarse grain and when using sanding fleece. Designation

QP

Order number

IP D225-10 VE2

2

377.848

Suitable insert for the WSE 7, round grinding head and delta grinding head for the base of the carrying case 366.641. Designation

QP

Order number

TKE-B WSE7

1

383.899

Carry case Made of shock-resistant plastic for the WST and WSE 7 as well as for sanding tools and exchangeable heads. Designation

QP

Order number

TK-S WST/WSE 7

1

389.986

77



Wall and ceiling sanders Classic-Giraffe®

The Classic-Giraffe® can do even more. With the Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500 the established Giraffe® WS 702 VEA has been consistently developed. In addition to the increase in the motor output to 500 watts for high removal rate, all components were developed with regards to robustness and long service life. The established gimbal-mounted sanding head features a sanding pad. The sanding pad is available in four degrees of hardness. Of course the FLEX extraction system, in conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners, provides an almost dust-free working environment.

More power High-output 500 watt motor with overload protection and constant speed control.

Greater flexibility Reliable force transmission and high flexibility thanks to the flexible drive shaft from. For decades established “FLEX technology”. Thanks to this design principle the weight on the head of the Giraffe is reduced to a minimum. This facilitates handling.

More scope Controllable speed, always ensures that the speed is adjusted for sanding.

More adjustment Gimbal-mounted sanding head provides high flexibility and optimum adjustment for sanding walls and ceilings.

More protection On/off switch protected from dust and impacts.

More safety The spring-mounted brush ring on the extraction hood prevents unintentional sanding marks when applying the power tool. The flexible brush ring ensures optimum dust extraction.

More extraction power Large extraction cross-section, securely and quickly connected with the FLEX Clip system.

More quality Super soft sanding pad, included in the product package. Ideal for finishing surfaces.

Adapter or reducing sleeve not required.

More control The oval guide tube and the optimally positioned motor facilitate handling and guiding the machine.

More healthy working The extraction between the brush ring and the sanding pad prevents the sanding tool from becoming quickly clogged and provides a dust-free and healthy working environment.

More stability Robust connection between support tube and oval tube by means of a collar attachment for very high stability.

More selection The very flexible “supersoft” sanding pad allows sensitive work and prevents unwanted sanding marks. Further sanding pads “soft”, “medium”, “hard” can be selected.

79


Wall and ceiling sanders Classic-Giraffe®

Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500. Reliable and powerful.

Word has spread around the world about the outstanding qualities of the FLEX Giraffe® long-necked sander. For smoothing plasterboard panels or styrofoam solid insulation panels, painting preparation, for polishing – the Classic-Giraffe® has become the indispensable problem solver for every painter, plasterer and other professional user.

Protects the substrate

Versatile

Simple to premium

The WSE 500 with velcro sanding paper SELECT P16 is particularly suitable for sanding down papered surfaces (e.g. woodchip), for the quick attachment of a wallpaper stripper as well as for sanding surfaces (SELECT P120-P180) which are covered in wallpaper remnants.

The WSE 500 can effortlessly and cleanly remove adhesive protruding from polystyrene sheets (styrofoam) used for heat insulation.

In dry construction the FLEX Giraffe® is indispensable. The WSE 500 and the appropriate FLEX sanding tool can sand surfaces at all quality levels from the simple surface (Q1) to the premium surface (Q4).

80


Wall and ceiling sanders Classic-Giraffe®

WSE 500 carry case.

Robust plastic carrying case for Classic-Giraffe®. Whether safe transportation or just sensible packaging, the WSE 500 carrying case combines all requirements. Machine, bail handle (accessory) and consumables – everything has its place. The robust plastic case protects the ClassicGiraffe® during transportation and from dust and damage at the building site. The carrying case is suitable for the WSE 500 and the WS 702 VEA.

Just in case Carrying case easy and convenient to open and close.

Everything in its right place The carrying case offers additional space for up to four packets of FLEX sanding tools.

Compact An additional handle (accessory) can be conveniently stowed in the robust cover.

It can also stand up The carrying case can be positioned horizontally or first and foremost vertically to save space. The Classic-Giraffe® does not have to be attached and is immediately ready for use.

81


Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools

WSE 500

WSE 500 case

Long-neck sander, Classic-Giraffe®

Long-neck sander, Classic-Giraffe®

• VE electronic control: with constant speed control and speed pre-selection with adjusting wheel • Dust extraction system with FLEX clip-on system: brush ring on the sanding head; connecter for a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner at the rear end of the guide tube • Due to the spring suspension, the sanding head adjusts itself perfectly to all unevenness. This ensures for a gentle surface contact and also stops dust escaping • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • Easy guiding: by optimal balance between motor and sanding head • The universal-joint-mounted sanding head and soft backing pad prevent grooving and scratching and ensures a perfect finish • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting, polishing • This machine is also available in 110 V

• VE electronic control: with constant speed control and speed pre-selection with adjusting wheel • Dust extraction system with FLEX clip-on system: brush ring on the sanding head; connecter for a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner at the rear end of the guide tube • Due to the spring suspension, the sanding head adjusts itself perfectly to all unevenness. This ensures for a gentle surface contact and also stops dust escaping • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • Easy guiding: by optimal balance between motor and sanding head • The universal-joint-mounted sanding head and soft backing pad prevent grooving and scratching and ensures a perfect finish • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting, polishing • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

Power input

500 watt

Power input

500 watt

Power output

270 watt

Power output

270 watt

No load speed

1000-1650 rpm

No load speed

1000-1650 rpm

Sanding disc Ø

225 mm

Length

1580 mm

Weight

4,8 kg

Type WSE 500 WSE 500, without suction hose

! Accessories from page 83 82

Order no. 373.664 376.035

Standard equipment: 1 velcro sanding disc supersoft 1 FLEX clip-on connection 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 brush ring Velcro backed abrasive paper, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 3 velcro cable clips Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner

Sanding disc Ø

225 mm

Length

1580 mm

Weight

4,8 kg

Type

Order no.

WSE 500 case

373.672

WSE 500 case, without suction hose

373.192

! Accessories from page 83

Standard equipment: 1 velcro sanding disc supersoft 1 FLEX clip-on connection 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 brush ring Velcro backed abrasive paper, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 3 velcro cable clips Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner 1 plastic carry case


Wall and ceiling sanders Accessories

Accessories WSE 500 Velcro backing pad Ø 225, round

Carry case

Supersoft. The sanding disc enables extremely gentle positioning on the wall. The set consists of a backing pad, Velcro adapter, clamping disc and screw. Designation

Type

KAD D225/16 Set supersoft

QP

Order number

1

399.418

Soft. Highly flexible backing pad. Facilitates handling and allows for sensitive working. Prevents damage (swirl marks) when the pad touches the surface. For use with velcro backed abrasives.

For properly transporting Giraffe® WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA as well as abrasives. With storage space for auxiliary handle and abrasives in the lid. Case can be stored horizontally or vertically. QP

Order number

1

365.327

Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 For changing the backing pads.

Designation

Type

QP

Order number

QP

Order number

SP-S D225-10

soft

1

366.862

1

115.460

QP

Order number

1

364.169

Medium backing pad for sanding down soft fillers. Velcro system for fixing of abrasives. Designation

Type

SP-M D225-10 medium

QP

Order number

1

352.306

Hard backing pad with high removal rate, with use with velcro backed abrasives. Designation

Type

QP

Order number

SP-H D225-10

hard

1

350.362

Cable clips (velcro tape)

Bail handle For effortless working in difficult positions (e.g. overhead work). QP

Order number

1

376.264

Soft sanding pad Ø 225, round Soft sanding pad between grinding pad and abrasive paper. Ideal for finishing surfaces. Improves the dust extractor action and lengthens the service life of the sanding disks. Recommendation: work with soft sanding pad for in-between and final sanding involving finer grain. Do not work with soft sand pad for rough sanding involving coarse grain and when using sanding fleece. Designation

QP

Order number

IP D225-10 VE2

2

377.848

Padded adapter for velcro paper

Antistatic suction hose Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter (320.188) antistatic. Designation

QP

Order number

SH-C 32x4m AS

1

354.953

Extraction connection Suitable for vacuum hose with FLEX clip-system. Antistatic equipment. For WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA.

Velcro system for attaching the abrasive discs. Designation

Type

QP

Order number

KAD D225/16

soft

1

260.232

Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C WS/WSE

1

364.460

Brush ring Stops any unintentional roughening of the surface and ensures an optimal material removal. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

225 Ø

1

359.882

83



Wall and ceiling sanders Abrasives

From coarse to fine. The Giraffe® abrasives from FLEX.

The special selection

Low dust

Edge stability

SELECT, the heavy-duty abrasive, is particularly suitable for soft filler materials with a high filler share. The corundum abrasive grain with open coating ensures a high removal rate. The high-grade white corundum and synthetic resin binding ensure a long service life.

Another feature of the SELECT abrasive is its low clogging property. The stable carrier material ensures a high degree of edge stability and tearing strength. The central perforation and edge extraction give rise to a more effective dust extraction.

An absolute highlight is the carrier material of the SELECT velcro abrasive. The F paper with a 300 g/m² weight per unit area bestowsa unique edge stability on the abrasive sheets. This is exclusive to FLEX.

The “solution”

To the point of perfection

For all jobs

The SELECT P 16 velcro abrasive is particularly suitable for roughening wallpapered surfaces (or ingrain wallpaper) for quickly absorbing wallpaper stripper.

The SELECT P 150 to P 220 velcro abrasive is ideal for preparing high-grade surfaces (filler techniques). The FLEX superfinishing pads are ideal all theway from polishing marble and smoothing plaster to high-gloss finish.

FLEX provides an extensive range of abrasives for various applications. A particular feature of the abrasives are their high removal rates and long service lives. This ensures economic working coupled with qualitatively high-grade results.

85


Wall and ceiling sanders Abrasives

There is always a solution.

With the Velcro sanding tools for the FLEX Giraffes. Recommendation Applications

SELECT abrasive paper

Abrasive paper (perforated)

Roughening wallpaper surfaces (ingrain wallpaper)for rapid absorption of liquids (wallpaper stripper)

P 16

P 16

Roughening polystyrene panels for heat insulation (styrofoam)

P 16

P 16

Blending plastered surfaces in the renovation section (existing plaster - new plaster)

P 40 - P 120

P 40

Roughen loose existing coatings

P 60 - P120

P 60 - P 120

Grinding completely filled areas, removing filler burrs and smoothing uneven surfaces on filled areas on drywall and gypsum plasterboards

Sanding grid

Super­ finishing pad

Sanding fleece

Polishing sponge

P 100 - P 150 P 100 - P 150

Sanding stripped surfaces and removing wallpaper P 120 - P 180 P 120 - P 180 residue Smoothing down as preparation for high-grade surfaces (filler method)

P 150 - P 220 P 150 - P 220

Pre-sand basic plaster

K 80 - K 100

Sand down soft, smeary, not-as-yet hardened filler points

K 80 - K 100

Smooth and polish marble and smoothing plasters (wall and ceiling structuring)

S 320 - S 1200

Pre-sanding, cleaning and matting existing paint coatings prior to repainting (large-vehicles, containers …) Intermediate sanding of waxed, oiled or glazed wooden floors, wood panel floors and OSB boards (remove upright wood fibres) Polishing painted surfaces

86

A 100 - A 180

P 150 - P 220 P 150 - P 220

A 180

soft


Wall and ceiling sanders Abrasives

Product

Dimensions in mm

SELECT velcro abrasive paper

Ø 225

SELECT velcro abrasive paper

290 x 290

Velcro abrasive paper (perforated)

Ø 225

Velcro sanding grid

Ø 225

Grit

QP

Order no.

P 16 P 40 P 60 P 80 P 100 P 120 P 150 P 180 P 220 5 x P 80/100/120/150/180 P 16 P 40 P 60 P 80 P 100 P 120 P 150 P 180 P 220 5 x P 80/100/120/150/180 P 16 P 40 P 60 P 80 P 100 P 120 P 150 P 180 P 220

10 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

350.079 370.924 348.503 348.511 348.538 349.216 349.224 349.232 348.546 370.932 350.095 370.940 348.554 348.562 348.570 349.240 349.259 349.267 348.589 370.959 350.079 280.739 260.233 260.234 260.235 282.405 311.995 311.987 260.236

K 80

260.237 25

K 100

260.230

S 320 Superfinishing pad

Ø 225

281.026 10

S 1200

281.018

A 100 Velcro sanding fleece

Ø 225

281.042 10

A 180

Velcro polishing sponge

Ø 225

soft

281.034

5

280.992

87



Wall and ceiling sanders Concrete-Giraffe®

Concrete­Giraffe® WST 1000 FV.

The unique renovation Pro for walls and ceilings.

The Concrete-Giraffe® effortlessly removes concrete butt joints and ridges. Using the appropriate grinding discs from the FLEX accessories programme (page 91), the WST 1000 FV easily removes paint coatings, graffiti, thermoplastic coatings, screeds, plasters, sandstone, fire clay, asphalt, tile glue, paving slabs, natural and artificial stone, old concrete and concrete slabs. To meet the high demands placed upon it the Concrete-Giraffe® is fitted with a powerful 1000 watt motor.

High up

Well balanced

Protects the user

The telescopic Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV, makes it possible to work on surfaces up to 3.50 m high without the need of ladders or scaffolding

The Concrete-Giraffe® is always optimally balanced thanks to the ergonomic design, numerous gripping possibilities and motor position. This allows for fatigue-free working.

The integrated dust extraction in association with our vacuum cleaners (page 194) ensures a clean and healthy working enviroment.

89


Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools and accessories

WST 1000 FV

Accessories WST 1000 FV

Concrete-Giraffe® grinder for walls and ceilings

Concrete grinder head without disc

• FV electronic control: constant speed, soft-start and overload protection • Using a unique telescoping system, the Concrete-Giraffe® adapts to your needs. Length adjustable from 1330-1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull out handle and close lever. Handle can be turned full circle • Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a perfect balance • Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open • Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying stones • Dust extraction system: with metal ring on the guard, flexible suction hose from the scouring head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the telescopic tube for FLEX industrial vacuum cleaner • The Concrete-Giraffe® with universal joint shaft and the new grinder head have been purpose-coordinated. This tool quickly and easily removes burrs and other unevenness from walls and ceilings

SPECIFICATIONS Disc Ø No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Dimensions in mm Weight

90

8000 rpm 1010 watt Standard equipment: 600 watt 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14 28 mm Ø Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and 1330-1730 coupling bush for vacuum cleaner 5,5 kg Carry case

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

350.931

Antistatic suction hose Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. Designation

QP

Order number

SH-C 32x4m AS

1

354.953

Rubber extraction rings The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the surface and provides optimum protection against dust and flying stones.

FLEX flange 125 mm

Dimensions in mm

Special fixing Ø 28 mm Ø 23,5 mm

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

257.246


Wall and ceiling sanders Kit System

This is where to find the right WST 1000 FV kit. Simply select the right grinding disc for your applications. The order number listed includes the WST 1000 FV in the kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.

Description

Type

QP

Dimensions in mm

Order no.

Turbo-Jet kit

WST 1000 FV, 1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, Carry case

355.747

Turbo-Jet kit without suction hose

WST 1000 FV, 1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quickclamp nut M 14, Carry case

378.224

Turbo-Jet

1

Thermo-Whirljet for thin coatings and lightly abrasive materials: Thermoplastic coatings, Paint, Graffiti, thin glue residues on concrete or screed, Rubber based coatings. Reduced weight with the FLEX flange. The grinding disc with the angular arranged diamond segments allows for a quicker work rate than with normal disc. The large dimensioned delta shaped holes in the discs causes an air vortex that removes all dust from the working surface and prevents the segments from clogging or overheating and so reducing wear. The leight weight disc reduces wear on the motor. Not for use on edges.

ThermoWhirljet kit

WST 1000 FV, 1 Thermo-whirljet, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, Carry case

355.755

ThermoWhirljet kit without suction hose

WST 1000 FV, 1 Thermo-whirljet, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Carry case

378.194

Thermo-Jet

1

Screed-Whirljet for abrasive materials: Abrasive screeds (with quartz sand), fresh concrete, plaster, abrasive limestone (with quartz sand) sandstone, fire clay, asphalt. Reduced weight, with FLEX special flange. Not to be used for working on edges.

ScreedWhirljet kit

WST 1000 FV, 1 Screed-whirljet, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, Carry case

Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal. The many diamond segments means smoother working and a better finish. Also increasing the life of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete.

125 Ø x 28 x 23,5

125 Ø x 28 x 23,5

ConcreteConcrete-Whirljet the grinding disc for concrete: Whirljet kit old concrete, concrete slabs and stone - natural and artificial slabs, lime sand brick hard, paving slabs, tile glue, removing glazing from ceramic tiles. Reduced weight, with the FLEX special flange. Not to be used on edges.

1

323.071

355.763

Screed Whirljet WST 1000 FV, 1 Screed-whirljet, kit without 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, suction hose Carry case Screed-Jet

349.623

378.208

125 Ø x 28 x 23,5

324.361

WST 1000 FV, 1 Concrete-Whirljet 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, Carry case

355.771

ConcreteWhirljet kit without suction hose

WST 1000 FV, 1 Concrete-Whirljet 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Carry case

378.216

Concrete-Jet

1

125 Ø x 28 x 23,5

323.063

91


92


Wall and ceiling sanders Giraffen-Mobil

Mobile Giraffe workstation. For all those who aim high. The FLEX Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 is a mobile workstation for processing walls and ceilings using FLEX Giraffen. Above all, the Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 greatly facilitates the sanding of large surfaces. As the user does not have to lift the Giraffe® himself, he expends much less energy and therefore does not become tired quickly. Large wheels Large rubber wheels ensure optimal stability and manoeuvrability on construction sites. Additional covers on the wheel hubs provide protection against damage to walls

High-precision mechanism Corrosion-protected tool holder guarantees maximum service life and smooth assembly and disassembly. Cushioned swivel arm for setting the sanding angle easily and perfectly.

Very mobile Steering roller with locking and optimised running characteristics. Rolls over dirt and objects, guarantees precise and easy manoeuvring.

Prophet Sandpaper easy to change. The guide arm is easily swivelled downwards.

Stable Weight-optimised base plate allows the extractors to stop safely.

Saves time Lever tensioner for quick assembly and disassembly.

Clip, clap Robust flap mechanism for compact transportation. Tool-free design. Immediately ready for use.

Doubly secured Dual clamped height adjustment allows safe, tool-free adjustment of the working height.

More extraction power Quick-change tool holder for use with WSE 500, WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV.

Comfortable Rubberized handle for maximum handling comfort.

More control Use the adapter included in the product package for chucking the WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV.

Order must prevail Hose holder for greater order when working.

Left, right Tool holder, which can be swivelled by 45° on either side, for perfect sanding on sloping surfaces.

Always connected to the power 2 x 230 V sockets for connnection of the extractors or other electric power tools. Cable winder allows safe transportation.

93


Wall and ceiling sanders Giraffen-Mobil

Giraffen-Mobil GM 320

Are you still holding it or just moving it?

Extra light

Wall swiveller

More comfort

With the new Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 FLEX offers a system which allows the user to work persistently without being affected by the weight of the Giraffe®. In addition, there is a considerable saving in energy and stress and fatigue are noticeably reduced.

The tool holder can be swivelled by 90° on either side for processing wall surfaces.

Even the sanding tools can be changed with ease.

3,20 m high – not a problem

The concrete solution

Robust mobile device for building site

Ceilings up to a height of 3.20 m can be processed without great exertion – and always with a secure footing.

A greater deal of energy is usually required to process concrete walls and ceilings, as more pressure is required. The GM 320 significantly reduces this expenditure of energy.

You can therefore process large surfaces for longer and without tiring. The robust Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 is also especially suitable for intensive use on construction sites.

94


Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools

GM 320 Mobile workstation for wall and ceiling sanders • Mobile workstation for mounting of Giraffe® versions WSE 500, WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV, enabling sustained use without any effect of the machine weight • Significantly less user effort thanks to reduced fatigue and strain • The mobile workstation has a durable frame for demanding applications on construction sites. The braked steering castor with optimum riding quality ensures easy and precise steering. With weight-optimised base plate for the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner • Large rubber wheels ensure optimal stability and manoeuvrability on construction sites. Additional covers on the wheel hubs provide protection against damage to walls • Assembly and disassembly without any tools thanks to quick-release clamps. Frame equipped with a robust folding mechanism for easy transport • Equipped with soft grip handle, hose clip and cable holder for the 7.5 m rubber cable • Two power outlets provide the connection for power tools with 230 V/CEE • Tilting tool fixture (90° in both directions) incl. pivot joint for optimum ease of movement, adaptation to ceilings and walls and for a perfect finish on slanted surfaces • Quick change of the Giraffe® without any tools through clamping in a robust tool fixture. The working height can also be adjusted without tools thanks to a double clamp on the lifting rod • Optimal contact pressure at the sanding surface due to gas strut • The plastic sliding bush ensures smooth running as well as precise guiding of the Giraffe over the surface

SPECIFICATIONS Connected load

2 x 230 V

Size ( W x L x H)

1170 x 650 x 1750 mm

Tool fixture Max. working height Weight

Type GM 320

all Giraffe types (except WSE 7) 3200 mm 31,5 kg

Order no. 382.167

Standard equipment: Adapter for WST 700 VV, WST 1000 FV

95


Drywall screwdriver

Dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX. Handy, precise and ergonomic. The FLEX dry wall screwdrivers are extremely powerful, durable, robust and compact. The dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX are especially light and ergonomic. Working overhead and on pitched roofs is therefore easy and comfortable. You can work more quickly and precisely with the dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX. They fit snugly in your hand, are extremely resilient and always ready for use. The different power settings enable a wide range of materials to be fixed, no matter whether gypsum plasterboard, gypsum fibreboard or OSB board. The cordless dry wall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 offers even more independence. Weighing 1.5 kg, it is one of the lightest in its class. Cordless, handy and powerful. Furthermore, a tool-free attachable screw magazine attachment for belted screws is available for all FLEX dry wall screwdrivers.


Drywall screwdriver

Which drywall screwdriver suits best?

Battery drive Aligning substructures

Type of boards

Screws

Plaster boards

Power system

ADW 18,0-42

DW 7-25

DW 7-45

DW 7-60

Drywall screws, coarse thread

•••

••

•••

Gypsum fibre boards

Screws for fibre boards

••

•••

••

OSB boards

Drywall screws, coarse thread (Spax)

•••

•••

••

Plaster boards

Drywall screws, fine thread

••

•••

••

Gypsum fibre boards

Screws for fibre boards

••

•••

••

Plaster boards

Drywall screws with fine thread and drill point

•••

•••

••

Gypsum fibre boards

Drywall screws with fine thread and drill point

••

•••

••

Over head work

•••

••

••

••

Screw magazine attachment

•••

•••

•••

Wood

Steel plate < 0,88 mm

Steel plate > 0,88 mm

••• •• •

ideally suited well suited suitable to a certain degree

97


98


Drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers

Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for dry construction. The new high-speed drywall screwdrivers DW 7-25, DW 7-45 and DW 7-60 from FLEX feature a robust die-cast aluminium housing. They ensure optimum screwdriving performance and a long service life. They are also characterised by their low weight. The detachable depth stop with notched settings for standard screw connections and the quiet claw coupling, which automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached, guarantee perfect screwdriving results. When working overhead, the highspeed drywall screwdrivers show their strengths: the low weight, the ergonomic and very handy design. All high-speed drywall screwdrivers are supplied with a rubberised 6 m power cord.

Tool-free detachable depth stop With steel cap and magnet for standard screw connections. With notched steps for setting the screwing depth. The claw coupling is extremely quiet and automatically switches off when the screwing depth is reached.

¼” bit holder For clamping commercially available screwdriver bits.

Robust die-cast aluminium housing For optimum screwdriving performance and a long service life. The low weight also provides effortless working conditions.

Brush switchover Enables maximum torque for clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation.

Belt hook Practical belt hook ensures that the tool is always ready to hand.

Soft handle With rubberised press switch for pleasant working conditions. The electronic switch with lock is ideal for easy continuous use.

99


Drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers

DW 7-25/45/60

The professionals under the drywall screwdrivers.

FLEX offers three different power settings for the wide range of applications. The user can select between three machines at either 2500 rpm with a max. torque of 20 Nm, 4500 rpm with a max. torque of 12 Nm or 6000 rpm with a max. torque of 10 Nm. All three screwdrivers are characterised by their high torque and comfortable handling. The required screw depths can be conveniently set with the tool-free adjustable depth stop.

100


Drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers

Wall, ceiling or floor. Always in control.

It’s so easy

When you have to get a move on

OSB boards: Child’s play

Weighing only 1,5 kg, the high-speed drywall screwdrivers are easy and comfortable to handle. One hand remains free to hold the workpiece.

The M-DW screw magazine attachment available as an accessory (see pages 103 and 105) can be used with all FLEX highspeed drywall screwdrivers.

Whether gypsum plasterboard, gypsum fibreboard or OSB boards and no matter what the substrate, the new high-speed drywall screwdrivers from FLEX screw almost effortlessly into every material.

When precision is in demand

Always appropriate

Long power cord

The electronic soft accelerator switch ensures a gentle start-up and exact screwdriving. It can also be used to optimally level substructures.

The DW 7-45, running at 4500 rpm and with a torque of 12 Nm, is particularly suitable for screwing gypsum fibre boards to steel plate.

The 6 m long, rubberised power cord enables a wide working radius. Not necessary to keep pulling on the cable.

101


Dry construction Overview of power tools

NEW

DW 7-25

NEW

DW 7-45

Drywall screwdriver at 2500 rpm

Drywall screwdriver at 4500 rpm

• Handy drywall screwdriver with high torque for lining exteriors and interiors • Tool holder for ¼” bit tools • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for continuous operation • Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium housing • The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left rotation • Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions • 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius

• Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for assembly work in dry construction • Tool holder for ¼” bit tools • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for continuous operation • Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium housing • The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left rotation • Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions • 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS No load speed

No load speed 0-2500 rpm

0-4500 rpm

Power input

650 watt 345 watt

Power input

650 watt

Power output

Power output

345 watt

Max. torque

Max. torque

20 Nm

Tool fixture

Tool fixture

¼”

Sound pressure level

12 Nm ¼” 81 dB(A)

Sound pressure level

81 dB(A)

Clamping neck Ø

Clamping neck Ø

24,7 mm

Max. screw diameter wood

6,0x80 mm

6,0x80 mm

Max. screw diameter metal

4,2x55 mm

5,5x75 mm

Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping

4,2x75 mm

Max. screw diameter wood Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping Weight

Type DW 7-25

! Accessories from page 103, 115 102

1,5 kg Standard equipment: 3 x depth stop for common screw head diameters Order no. 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 390.763 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3

Weight

Type DW 7-45

! Accessories from page 103, 115

24,7 mm

1,5 kg Standard equipment: 1 depth stop for common screw head diameters Order no. 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 390.771 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3


Dry construction Overview of power tools and accessories

NEW

DW 7-60 Drywall screwdriver at 6000 rpm

• Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for assembly work in dry construction • Tool holder for ¼” bit tools • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for continuous operation • Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium housing • The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left rotation • Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions • 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius

Accessories DW 7-25, 7-45, 7-60 Screw magazine attachment For commercially available, belted screws: screw magazine attachment can be rotated in 45° steps - good accessibility to corners, tool-free screw depth adjustment via thumb wheel, tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different screw lengths from 20-55 mm, max. shank diameter 4.2 mm, max. head diameter 8.0 mm. Ergonomic handle – suitable for left and right-handed people, rubberised depth stop made of steel. Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers: DW 7-25/7-45/7-60 and ADW 18,0/3,0-42.

Designation

QP

Order number

M-DW

1

392.626

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed

0-6000 rpm

Power input

650 watt

Power output

345 watt

Max. torque Tool fixture Sound pressure level Clamping neck Ø

10 Nm ¼” 83 dB(A) 24,7 mm

Max. screw diameter wood

6,0x80 mm

Max. screw diameter metal

4,2x55 mm

Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping

4,2x75 mm

Weight

Type DW 7-60

1,5 kg Standard equipment: 1 depth stop for common screw head diameters Order no. 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 390.798 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3

! Accessories from page 103, 115 103



Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V

ADW 18,0-42. Small and handy. The new cordless drywall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 from FLEX can manage up to 1340 screws or a 125 m² drywall surface with only one battery charge. Furthermore, it is one of the lightest power tools in its class as it uses a 1.5 Ah battery which weighs 1.3 kg. With the ADW 18,0-42 you can work conveniently, comfortably and efficiently overhead and in areas which are difficult to access. The ADW 18,0-42 can be operated with 1.5 Ah as well as with 3.0 Ah batteries. The special air cooling system provides optimum motor cooling and therefore a long service life. Stepless speed control enables the screws to be positioned with precision.

Tool-free detachable depth stop With steel cap and magnet for standard screw connections. With notched steps for setting the screw-in depth. The claw coupling is extremely quiet and automatically switches off when the screw-in depth is reached.

Screw magazine attachment M-DW

Lithium-ion battery technology Operation possible both with 1.5 Ah battery and with 3.0 Ah battery. Max. charging time approx. 30 min.

Soft handle in screw axis Rubberised press switch for pleasant working conditions.

Battery pack with integrated LED LED battery capacity display informs you at a glance about the charge state of the battery cells. Can also be used as a lamp.

Electronic switch Stepless speed control enables the screws to be positioned with precision. Clockwise/anti-clockwise direction can be switched without gripping the handle.

• Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers • For belted screws • Magazine attachment can be removed without any tools for quickly changing from belted to loose screws • Can be rotated in 45° steps – good accessibility to corners • Tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different screw lengths from 20-55 mm • Tool-free adjustable screw depth setting via thumb wheel for exact standard screw connections • Automatic belt transport reduces incorrect screw connections • Open transport wheel prevents blockage by drill dust and guarantees a long service life • Belt guide to ensure that all belted screws move reliably • Rubberised depth stop made of steel • Ergonomic magazine handle – for left and right-handed users – for exact positioning and guiding

105


Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V

ADW 18,0-42

Typically light-weight.

The low weight, the compact design, superb handling and the high power reserves make the ADW 18,0-42 the universal cordless drywall screwdriver. The ADW 18,0-42 shows its strengths, above all when working overhead. Tool-free detachable depth stop with detent and magnet, quiet claw coupling, soft handle, optimised air cooling as well as stepless speed control are only some of the technical features which make the ADW 18,0-42 the best in its class.

106


Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V

Great that so much power can be so easy.

Always on target

Powerful

Time is money

To ensure optimum and precise guidance, the soft handle is situated exactly on the screw axis. Nevertheless the rubberised, large press switch can be reached easily and comfortably.

The ADW 18,0-42 features adequate power reserves to provide maximum load for the screwdriving performance. The ADW 18,0-42 can be operated almost effortlessly and is extremely stable.

The M-DW screw magazine attachment is particularly suitable for standard screw connections. The screw magazine attachment is designed for belted screws and fits all FLEX drywall screwdrivers (see pages 103 and 105).

Stable

Easy

One hand remains free

The adjustable support foot of the M-DW screw magazine attachment can be adjusted to the different screw lengths from 20-55 mm without any tools. The screw depth setting can also be adjusted without any tools using a thumb wheel.

The excellent belt guide and the automatic belt transport reduce incorrect screw connections – this saves time and money.

Even with the screw magazine attachment, the ADW 18,0-42 is still light-weight and can be guided safely and precisely with one hand. Therefore one hand always remains free to hold the workpiece.

107



Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V

AD 18,0/3,0 R. The perfect complement to ADW 18,0-42. Powerful cordless drill driver, compact design and low weight, for average to large screw and drill diameters. The new AD 18,0/3,0 R links high power reserves to numerous useful functions. Amongst other things, the tool-free chuck change facilitates the use of an angled chuck as well as a ¼” bit holder. Furthermore, 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah batteries can be used with the AD 18,0/3,0 R and ADW 18,0-42. The 2-speed planetary gears are compact but have a high force transmission in a very small space. Therefore the AD 18,0/3,0 R is particularly handy and versatile. The correct torques can be optimally set with the 20 torque settings and one drill setting. The integrated LED light provides additional working comfort.

Keyless chuck With rotation stop, for clamping shank tools Ø 1,513 mm. Can be removed without any tools. ¼" tool fixture for insertion of bits directly into the drill spindle, reduces the design by 6 cm. The gearbox protective cap included in the standard equipment protects the chuck adapter on the power tool when working without a chuck or angle attachment.

Speed selector switch For changing from 1st to 2nd gear. Optimum adjustment of the torques and speeds to the application.

Battery pack with integrated LED Informs you at a glance about the charge state of the battery cells. Can also be used as a lamp.

2-speed planetary gears Compact design and high force transmission in a very small space.

Battery sliding contacts Prevent corrosion of the E-contacts on the battery and on the screwdriver.

Clockwise/anti-clockwise Can be switched without gripping the handle.

Lithium-ion battery technology Operation possible both with 1,5 Ah battery and 3,0 Ah battery. No memory effect.

Ergonomic soft handle For safe handling and high degree of working comfort.

Ergonomic torque adjustment 20 torque settings and one drill setting. For preselection of the correct torques.

Angle attachment With 45° notch for areas which are difficult to access with ¼" bit holder and chuck adapter.

Charger The LED lights inform you about operational readiness, the charging process and charge state of the battery cells. Depending on the charge state of the cells, the charging cycle takes max. 30 min. A power cord compartment ensures order.

109


Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V

AD 18,0/3,0 R

The intelligent 18.0 volt cordless screwdriver system.

In combination with ADW 18,0-42 the AD 18,0/3,0 R is the perfect complement. Preliminary work, for example substructures and the subsequent panelling, can be performed with an 18.0 volt battery system. FLEX offers the optimum solution with the combiset (order no. 390.852). Both power tools, including screw magazine and angle attachment as well as two battery packs 3.0 Ah, are available in the new “Box on Box” carrying case.

110


Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V

Drilling and screwing. Even around corners.

Powerful in every position

Unbelievably flexible

A real night owl

The angle attachment with 45° notch is particularly suitable for areas which are difficult to access. The chuck is changed without any tools.

The tool-free chuck change enables the keyless chuck to be changed or removed quickly and easily. By using the gearbox protective cap, the power tool can be operated without the chuck or angle attachment with ¼” bit holder.

The integrated LED lamp adequately illuminates the workplace. It is connected to the battery pack.

Thinking around the corner

And it can also drill

Powerful and precise

Areas which are difficult to access can be effortlessly reached with the aid of the angle attachment. The angle attachment can be used as a chuck adapter from 1.5-13 mm or as a ¼” bit holder.

The AD 18,0/3,0 R can withstand even demanding drilling work. A powerful and high-output tool, it drills into wood up to 45 mm in diameter and into steel up to 13 mm in diameter.

The ergonomic handle ensures safe handling, a high degree of working comfort and precise guidance.

111


Dry construction Overview of power tools

NEW

ADW 18,0-42 Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V

• Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to be applied with precision • Right-left rotation; middle position: Transport stop • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Soft handle in screw axis and rubberised switch for pleasant and effortless working conditions • Integrated LED light • Charge indicator • Can be operated with 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah lithium-ion battery

SPECIFICATIONS

NEW

ADW 18,0-42 M

Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V with screw magazine attachment • Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to be applied with precision • Right-left rotation; middle position: Transport stop • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Soft handle in screw axis and rubberised switch for pleasant and effortless working conditions • Integrated LED light • Charge indicator • Can be operated with 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah lithium-ion battery 1.5 Ah battery available as accessory • Screw magazine attachment can be removed without any tools

SPECIFICATIONS

Battery voltage

18,0 V

Battery voltage

18,0 V

Battery capacity

1,5/3,0 Ah

Battery capacity

1,5/3,0 Ah

Max. torque No load speed Tool fixture Sound pressure level Max. screw diameter wood Max. screw diameter metal Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping Weight with battery

Type ADW 18,0-42

! Accessories from page 114 112

8,5 Nm 0-4200 rpm ¼” 87 dB(A) Standard equipment: 5x70 mm 1 depth stop for common screw 4,2x45 mm head diameters 1 battery AP-T 18,0/1,5 4,2x16 mm 1 battery AP-T 18.0/3.0 1,6 kg 1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 Order no. 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1 390.836 1 case insert TKE AD/ADW

Max. torque No load speed Tool fixture

8,5 Nm 0-4200 rpm ¼”

Sound pressure level

87 dB(A)

Max. screw diameter wood

5x70 mm

Max. screw diameter metal

4,2x45 mm

Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping

4,2x16 mm

Weight with battery

Type ADW 18,0-42 M

! Accessories from page 114

1,6 kg

Order no. 390.844

Standard equipment: 1 depth stop for common screw head diameters 2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0 1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 2 bits DB PH2 175 E6,3 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 1 screw magazine attachment M-DW 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1 1 case insert TKE AD/ADW 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4


Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V/Cordless drill driver 18,0 V

The combi-set for the drywall professional. ADW 18,0-42 M + AD 18,0/3,0 R

NEW

AD 18,0/3,0 R

2-speed cordless drill driver 18,0 V with lithium-ion technology • Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to be applied with precision • Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, comfortable working • Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock • 20 torque and 1 drill setting • ¼” tool holder for insertion of bits directly into the drill spindle. This reduces the design by 6 cm • Integrated LED light • Charge indicator • Ideally suited for drilling in wood, metal, drilling out spot welding, rivets, for screwdriving and assembly work, placing wall plugs in sand-lime or masonry, drilling with diamond drill bits in tiles, fine stoneware, mixing light mixtures

SPECIFICATIONS Battery voltage

18,0 V

Battery capacity

1,5/3,0 Ah

Torque max. (drill setting)

40/60 Nm

Torque positions

20+1

No load speed 1st gear

0-360 rpm

No load speed 2nd gear

0-1500 rpm

Chuck Ø Tool fixture

1,5-13 mm ¼”

Max. drill hole Ø in wood

45 mm

Max. drill hole Ø in steel

13 mm

Max. screw diameter

12 mm

Weight with battery

1,4 kg

Type AD 18,0/3,0 R

Order no. 390.828

Standard equipment: 1 angle attachment WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 chuck BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0 1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 1 gearbox protective cap 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1 1 case insert TKE AD/ADW

Standard equipment combi-set: 1 ADW 18,0-42 1 AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 screw magazine attachment M-DW 1 depth stop for common screw head diameters 1 angle attachment WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 chuck BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 gearbox protective cap 2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0 1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 2 bits DB PH2 175 E6,3 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 carry case TK-L BoB-2 1 case insert TKE AD+ADW

Type ADW 18,0-42 M + AD 18/3,0 R

Order no. 390.852

! Accessories from page 114 113


Dry construction Accessories

Accessories AD 18,0/3,0 R, ADW 18,0/42 M Battery pack

Carrying case box-on-box system Battery pack Li-Ion 18,0 V / 1,5 Ah for the drywall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 and AD 18,0/3,0 R. Designation

QP

Order number

AP-T 18,0/1,5

1

393.320

The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded up to 90 kg. Without insert.

Battery pack Li-Ion 18,0 V / 3,0 Ah for the drywall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 and AD 18,0/3,0 R. Designation

QP

Order number

AP-T 18,0/3,0

1

393.339

Rapid charger

Size ( W x L x H)

QP

Order number

TK-L BoB-1

464 x 335 x 142

1

392.634

TK-L BoB-2

464 x 335 x 212

1

392.642

Case insert Charging time 30 min for the batteries AP-T 18,0/1,5 Ah and AP-T 18,0/3,0 Ah Li-ion.

Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-1. For the drywall screwdriver AD or ADW.

Designation

QP

Order number

Designation

QP

Order number

CA-T 18,0/30

1

393.312

TKE AD/ADW

1

392.820

Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2. For the FLEX drywall screwdrivers ADW and drill drivers AD 18,0.

Keyless chuck Tool-free quick-change system, for the drill insert 1.5-13 mm, can be removed without any tools. With steel jaws and guard ring. Designation

QP

Order number

BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R

1

394.548

Angle attachment Tool-free quick-change system when drilling and screwdriving in areas which are difficult to access. With magnetic drill spindle for holding drill and screwdriver bits and for holding the keyless chuck (only for AD 18,0/3,0 R).

114

Designation

Designation

QP

Order number

WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R

1

394.661

Designation

QP

Order number

TKE AD+ADW

1

394.068

Screw magazine attachment For commercially available, belted screws: screw magazine attachment can be rotated in 45° steps - good accessibility to corners, tool-free screw depth adjustment via thumb wheel, tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different screw lengths from 20-55 mm, max. shank diameter 4.2 mm, max. head diameter 8.0 mm. Ergonomic handle – suitable for left and right-handed people, rubberised depth stop made of steel. Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers: DW 7-25/7-45/7-60 and ADW 18,0/3,0-42. Designation

QP

Order number

M-DW

1

392.626


Dry construction Accessories

Screws, bits Bit

Drywall screws, fine thread Design PH size 2, C 6,3. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

DB PH2 25 C6,3 VE5

25

5

395.927

Design PH size 2, E 6,3. Can be used with screw magazine attachment M-DW. Designation

Dimensions in mm

DB PH2 175 E6,3 VE2 175

QP

Order number

2

395.900

Belted drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50 pieces each. For use on metal support section. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SBS-G 3,9x25 F PH2

3,9x25

1

396.087

SBS-G 3,9x35 F PH2

3,9x35

1

396.095

SBS-G 3,9x45 F PH2

3,9x45

1

396.109

Drywall screws, coarse thread Belted drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50 pieces each. For use in construction of wooden supports.

Bit holder Magnetic, design PH size 2, E 6,3.

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

Dimensions in mm

QP

Designation

Order number

SBS-G 3,9x25 G PH2

3,9x25

1

396.117

UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3

50

1

395.919

SBS-G 3,9x30 G PH2

3,9x30

1

396.125

SBS-G 3,9x35 G PH2

3,9x35

1

396.133

Drywall screws, drill point Belted, self-tapping drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50Â pieces each. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SBS-G 3,5x25 B PH2

3,5x25

1

396.141

SBS-G 3,5x35 B PH2

3,5x35

1

396.192

115



Drywall saw CSE 55 T

CSE 55 T. Perfect cutting of dry wall elements. A low-dust working environment owes as much to the special features of the CSE 55 T as to the double clamping of the angle adjustment which provides greater precision and safety. Perfect visible edges can be obtained with the swivel range from -1° to 48° for undercuts as well as with the scoring function. The control electronics enable the cutting speeds to be optimally adjusted to the materials and applications and the range of applications of the CSE 55 T to be extended as required. Applications involving gypsum or concrete fibre boards can be handled just as perfectly as saw cuts through wood materials, such as chipboard or OSB boards. Even metal support sections can be processed without difficulty.

Packed with power Powerful and reliable 1400 watt motor for cutting different materials, such as wood, board materials, aluminium, acrylic glass …

Flip riving knife Saves you the time-consuming removal of the riving knife for plunge cuts and it does not get lost.

Everything is ideally controlled The controllable speed from 1700-3400 rpm ensures cutting speeds can be set to the material.

Spindle lock For changing the saw blade simply and quickly.

Magnesium cast bench top Robust and extremely stable but light-weight. With 0° and 45° guide grooves for reliable and precise guidance when making chop and mitre cuts on the FLEX guide rail system.

Low dust The extraction system has an anti-static feature. An adapter for the FLEX Clip system is included in the product package.

Always at the correct angle The angle scale from 0°- 48° is easy to read and can be set exactly with non-slip clamping elements. The swivel segment is also double clamped. This prevents the saw blade from jamming and therefore the risk of recoil.

Be doubly sure The parallel stop is double clamped. This prevents the operating saw from wandering and ensures safe control when used as a table extension.

Safety switch Prevents unintentional plunge cuts and therefore provides greater safety.

Parallel The double clamped parallel stop (available as an accessory) can also be used as a table extension.

Precise cutting depth setting By simply loosening the cutting depth stop, it can be set to the required depth on the scale. The upper edge indicates the cutting depth without the guide rail and the lower edge the cutting depth on the guide rail.

Height-adjustable inspection window Optimises the extraction space when used with and without rail system.

117


Drywall saw CSE 55 T

Quite dry.

The CSE 55 T extracts everything.

The CSE 55 T cuts cleanly and precisely with the appropriate precision saw blade and the appropriate FLEX guide rail system. Especially indoors the highly efficient dust extractor ensures a comfortable and dust-free working environment. The CSE 55 T is packed in the Systainer suitable for on-site use. The adapter for connection to the FLEX Click system is included in the product package.

118


Drywall saw CSE 55 T

Saws almost anything.

Tear-free

Good at an angle

The all-rounder

By using the FLEX guide rails GRS 80 and GRS 160, tear-free saw cuts and plunge cuts are child’s play – and without timeconsuming removal of the riving knife.

The CSE 55 T not only makes extremely precise separating cuts, but also perfect mitre cuts within the range of -1° to 48°.

The control electronics enable the cutting speeds to be optimally adjusted to the materials. Therefore gypsum or concrete fibre boards can be handled just as perfectly as chipboard or OSB boards. Even metal support sections can be processed.

On the left or on the right

“Diamond” saw blade

Can also cut plastic

The stop (available as an accessory) can be mounted on the left or right side of the bench. The double clamping guarantees a parallel cutting path. The stop can also be used as a table extension and therefore increases the support of the saw on the workpiece.

A specialist for gypsum and cement fibre boards in dry construction. Thanks to the four diamond-tipped cutting edges, the saw blade D160x2,2x20 DIA Z4-S generates little dust and has an almost neverending service life.

Even plastic can be sawn almost perfectly and tear-free with the saw blade D160x1,8x20 HW Z48-FZ/TR.

119


Dry construction Overview of power tools

NEW

CSE 55 T Plunge saw for dry construction

• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Guide grooves 0° and 48°. For reliable and precise guidance when making chop and mitre cuts on the FLEX rail system • Dual clamped swivel element prevents the saw blade from jamming when making mitre cuts and therefore the risk of recoil • Angle scale from 0° to 48°. Easy to read and can be set exactly with non-slip clamping elements • Swivel range from -1° to 48° for undercuts as well as scoring function for perfect visible edges, also suitable for sawing materials surfaces with sensitive coatings, such as HPL, CPL • Flip wedge for tear-free saw and plunge cuts without time-consuming removal of the riving knife • Precise cutting depth adjustment by simply pressing on the cutting depth stop. Easy-to-read cutting depth thanks to a 180° rotating cutting depth indicator • Dual clamped parallel stop prevents the saw from wandering and ensures safe control when used as a table extension • Spindle lock: for quick replacement of blades • Possible to connect external dust extraction • Ideal for traditional applications in dry construction and refurbishing, e.g. for making saw cuts through plasterboard, concrete fibre boards, wood materials, such as chipboard or OSB boards

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Pivoting range Blade Ø Saw blade holder Cutting depth Cutting depth / with guide rail Depth of cut - mitre cut Depth of cut - mitre cut with guide rail Weight

Type CSE 55 T DIA Z4-S CSE 55 T/DIA Z4+GRS160 Kit CSE 55 T Z24-WZ CSE 55 T/Z24-WZ+GRS160 Kit

! Accessories page 121 120

Standard equipment CSE 55 T DIA Z4-S: 1 vacuum adapter 1 saw blade DIA Z4-S 1700-3400 rpm 1 plastic system case 1350 watt 1 case insert 850 watt Standard equipment CSE 55 T/DIA Z4+GRS160 Kit: -1° - 48° 1 vacuum adapter 160 mm 1 saw blade DIA Z4-S 20 mm 1 guide rail GRS 160 0 - 55 mm 1 plastic system case 1 case insert 0-49 mm 0-38 mm Standard equipment CSE 55 T Z24-WZ: 1 vacuum adapter 0-32 mm 1 saw blade Z 24-WZ 4 kg 1 plastic system case 1 case insert

Order no.

Standard equipment CSE 55 T/Z24-WZ+GRS160 Kit: 386.804 1 vacuum adapter 1 saw blade Z 24-WZ 388.300 1 guide rail GRS 160 386.812 1 plastic system case 388.297 1 case insert


Dry construction Accessories

Accessory CSE 55 T Standard circular saw blade with alternating teeth

Anti-splinter guard

For making long cuts and for sawing wood materials, such as chipboard, OSB, MDF boards.

Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails QP

Designation

Dimensions QP in mm

Order number

D160x1,8x20 HM Z24-WZ

160 Ø x 20

386.790

1

Order number

3,4 m 366.846

Antislip profile

Fine cut circular saw blade with flat, trapezoidal tooth

Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails

For making cross cuts in solid wood and tear-free cuts in laminated wood materials, such as chipboard, MDF boards

QP

Designation

6,8 m 366.854

Dimensions QP in mm

D160x1,8x20 HM Z48-FZ/TR 160 Ø x 20

1

Order number 386.774

Order number

End caps Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails

Diamond circular saw blade For maximum service life, for making cuts in plasterboard and cement fibre boards. Designation

Dimensions QP in mm

Order number

D160x2,2x20 DIA Z4-S

160 Ø x 20

386.766

1

QP

Order number

2

364.967

Designation

QP

Order number

PA-CS

1

396.788

QP

Order number

Parallel stop

Metal circular saw blade with alternating teeth For making cuts in metal profiles and metal composites. Designation

Dimensions QP in mm

Order number

D160x1,8x20 HM Z38-WZ

160 Ø x 20

386.782

1

Plastic system case Systainer for machine and accessories.

Guide rail GRS

Designation Precise aluminium profile with anodized sliding coating and guide rib.. Plugged rubber lip as contact edge at the marking, anti slip protection on the bottom. Connector 353.272 can be used to extend the guide rails as required.

Designation

Length in mm

QP

Order number

GRS 80

800

1

353.280

GRS 160

1600

1

359.351

Size ( W x L x H)

TK-L/Sys 281x360x272 281 x 360 x 272 1

353.302

Insert for systainer Insert for CSE 55 T, suitable for Systainer 353.302. Designation

QP

Order number

TKE CSE 55 T

1

398.667

Connector for guide rail GRS Precise metal connector for connecting two guide rails GRS. When not in use, the connector can be parked in the guide rail with the included tool wrench SW 5 - screw driver.

QP

Order number

1

353.272

121


Renovation machines

Effective floor and wall finishing with the specialists from FLEX. Whether it is a matter of removing plaster, concrete, screed or render coatings, FLEX has just the right solution on hand for each and every task. No obstacles stand in the way of FLEX renovation grinders and scourers – whether the talk is of large/small areas, corners or edges. All renovation grinders and scouring machines are fitted with powerful, sturdy motors which can withstand the high demands placed on them. It goes without saying that all machines have effective dust extraction. The extraction and filter systems of the FLEX vacuum cleaners are perfectly matched to FLEX machines to prevent harmful dusts contaminating the surrounding air. In the form of the innovative RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115 you have available a widely diverse tool for those numerous jobs in renovation and modernization work. The RETECFLEX can be quickly and easily adapted to your own requirements. Whether it is to be used with a scouring head, perforator, diamond grinding disc or a sanding/polishing pad, just a few movements of the hand suffice to convert to any tool. Let yourself be won over by the wide scope of application possibilities of the new RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115. A large and comprehensive range of specially coordinated high quality accessories are available for a multitude of applications.


Renovation grinder, scourer LD 3206 C

Scouring machine HPI 603

1400

1400

2500

1200

1400

Max. working width mm

125

125

180

150

115

FLEX suction hose with snap connection

Interchangeable head system

Grinding close to edges

RE 14-5 115

Renovation grinder, scourer LDC 1709 FR

Power input in watts

RETECFLEX

Renovation grinder, scourer LD 1709 FR

Renovation machines

Dust extraction system Suction hose adapter

Diamond grinding head

Carbide metal scouring head

Perforator

Velcro backing pad

Corundum sanding discs

Standard equipment available as an accessory not available

123



Renovation machines RETECFLEX

The RETECFLEX. The specialist for grinding, sanding, scouring, perforating and polishing. The speed controller ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. The speed stays constant under load. The RE 14-5 115 has a soft start for a jerk-free start-up. Temperature monitoring prevents any fused windings. The completely cast electronic components and special winding protection prevent damage due to metal dust.

Packed with power Powerful, strong 1400 watt motor for quick working progress.

Extraction guard D 115 with brush ring Tool-free height adjustment for quick and easy guard adjustment to the required working depth.

Extremely adjustable Electronically controllable speed. Whatever the various tools and heat-sensitive materials, the right speed can always be set.

Adjustable base D80 Tool-free changeable and height-adjustable base D 80 for milling tool and perforator, for optimum control of the machine and effective dust extraction.

Silence itself Damping element between spindle and tool. Reduces vibration, raises smooth running, improves guidance and increases the service life of the machine.

Spindle stop Easy tool change with the integrated spindle stop.

Everything extracted Effective dust extraction for clean air and uninterrupted vision.

Always held correctly Optimum handling position for various working situations.

FLEX Clip system Large extraction cross-section; simple, quick connection using the FLEX clip system. No adapters or reducing sleeves required.

Up to the edge Swivelling brush segment for quick adjustment for working close to edges.

125


Renovation machines RETECFLEX

RETECFLEX

The quick-change artist amongst the renovation grinder.

The RETECFLEX is a tool with a very wide variety of applications for refurbishing, renovating and modernizing work.The compact construction makes the tool ideal to handle. The RETECFLEX is perfect for working smaller surfaces. Whether with base or dust extraction guard withbrush ring, working close to the edge is assured by both the attachments. The brush ring-equipped dust extraction guard has a tool-free adjustable edge segment.The ideal tool for smaller workshops. The universal tool for many applications. And each one with dust extraction.

126


Renovation machines RETECFLEX

Easily and quickly converted whatever the requirements.

The power pack

Open to everything

Tough performer

The RETECFLEX has no trouble at all in getting to grips with severely weathered concrete.

The tool-free, swivelling brush segment is ideal for working close to edges. Even with the brush segment open, the dust extractor still performs wholehearted work.

The scouring head with its 12 carbide metal discs is perfect for removing tile glue.

Sands almost anything

Perfect handling

Jack of all trades

Together with velcro backing pad and sanding discs, the RETECFLEX is ideal for sanding old paints and wood - in association with dust extraction.

Thanks to its low weight and excellent handling, the RETECFLEX can optimally work on walls.

The cutting wheels of the innovative perforator open up any wallpapers sealed by paint. Allowing liquid (wallpaper stripper solution) to penetrate much quicker.

127


Renovation machines RETECFLEX

RETECFLEX

Especially versatile. Material

Applications Grind concrete parts / pre-grind concrete parts (concrete face-lifting)

4-6

Scouring concrete

4-6

Remove shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on used concrete / pre-sand weathered old concrete

6

Remove shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on freshly concreted surfaces

4-6

Scouring fresh (green) concrete

4-6

Breaking edges at fresh concrete components

6

Remove minor unevenness and protrusions on concrete components

4-6

Remove any contaminations on concrete

4-6

Grinding hard cement render with a high sand proportion

6

Pre-grinding hard cement render

6

Grinding soft plaster

3-5

Pre-grinding synthetic resin plaster

3-5

Scouring soft plaster

4-6

Scouring hard plaster

4-6

Remove synthetic resin plaster (top coat)

4-6

Remove plaster on wooden beams (framework)

4-6

Grinding tile glue on soft plaster

3-6

Remove tile glue on screed

6

Scouring tile glue residues

4-6

Grinding existing tile layer before laying new tiles

128

Electronic setting

6

Remove latex and oil paints from plaster

4-6

Remove paint coatings on plaster

3-6

Sanding old weathered paint coatings

2-4

Remove flexible protective coatings from concrete and plaster

4-6

Thermo-elastic coatings

2-4

Removing soft PU coatings

4-6

Grinding screed and coatings on screed floors

6

Remove hardened epoxy resin coatings

6

Remove sintering layer, other coatings on concrete

4-6

Remove foam and adhesive residues

4-6

Remove grout and fillers

3-5

Remove aged filling compounds and fillers

3-5

Sanding unevenness on filled-in surfaces

2-4

Sanding plastics and fibre-glass reinforced parts

2-4

Open wallpapers sealed by paints for absorbing liquid (wallpaper stripper)

3-4

Sanding weathered wooden parts

2-4

Sanding wooden beams/framework in restoration work

2-4

Removing weathering from natural stone

1-2

Sanding granite worktops in the natural stone area

1-2

Bevelling fine stoneware tiles on cut edge

1-2


Renovation machines RETECFLEX

Extraction hood D 115

Concrete-Jet Screed-Jet

• •

TC-Jet

PCD-Jet

Perforator

Corundum sanding discs

• 1-2

• •

• 1-2

Diamond grinding pad

• 1-2

• •

Scouring discs, flat

• •

• •

• •

Scouring discs, pointed

• •

Surface-Jet

Extraction hood D 115 + Velcro backing pad

Adjustable base D 80

• • • •

• • • • • •

• •

• • •

• • •

• •

• • • •

! Tip: Keep the speed down when working on heat-sensitive paint coatings and coverings. In this way you will avoid the

• • •

scouring/grinding tools becoming clogged/smeared.

129


Renovation machines Overview of power tools

RE 14-5 115 RETECFLEX - the universal tool for renovation and modernization • VR electronic control: speed pre-selection, tachogenerator- controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and temperature monitoring. • Motor: powerful, strong motor for quick working progress • With damping element between spindle and tool being used: this reduces vibration, aids for smooth running, improves guidance and increases the service life of the machine • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life • Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in the medium and low speed range • Dust-proof on/off switch • Effective dust extraction thanks to a large extraction cross-section. Simple, rapid connection using the FLEX clip system. No adapters or reducing sleeves are required • Vacuum guard: with stepless height adjustment • Universal tool system can be adapted for a large number of renovation and modernisation applications. Compact, handy and ideal for working on small surfaces and on the edges of larger areas • Spindle lock

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter Max. milling head Ø No load speed

115 mm 80 mm 1800-5200 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture Size ( W x L x H) Weight

130

M 14 198x390x150 mm 3,1 kg

Standard equipment: 1 SoftVib handle 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115 1 case insert 1 plastic carry case 1 pin wrench 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4


Renovation machines Accessories

Accessories RETECFLEX Velcro backing pad Ø 115, Bowl

Carry case

Backing pad Bowl with velcro face for securing the abrasives with the velcro system. As damping elements 12 mm cellular rubber pads ensure uniform pressure distribution. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

115 Ø

1

366.609

Made of impact-resistant plastic for the RE 14-5 115, WSE 7. Designation

Size ( W x L x H)

TK-L 609x409x201 609 x 409 x 201

QP

Order number

1

366.641

Insert for carry case

Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX

Matching insert for RE 14-5 115 for carry case 366.641.

Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

Designation

QP

Order number

D115 Pu-P24 VE25

115 Ø

P 24

25

381.195

TKE RE14-5

1

366.633

D115 Pu-P40 VE50

115 Ø

P 40

50

381.209

D115 Pu-P60 VE50

115 Ø

P 60

50

381.217

D115 Pu-P80 VE50

115 Ø

P 80

50

381.225

D115 Pu-P100 VE50 115 Ø

P 100

50

381.233

D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø

P 120

50

381.241

D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø

P 150

50

381.268

D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø

P 180

50

381.276

SoftVib side handle SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, significantly reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms and reducing the risk of vibration-related injury to the operator.

Diamond grinding pad For use with velcro grinding disc 115 Ø. Grinding pads for dry grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas. Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures, steps.

Type

QP

Order number

M8

1

325.376

Face pin spanner Special spanner for removing the scouring and grinding heads. QP

Order number

1

366.536

Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

DP 50 DRY D115

115 Ø

50

1

386.197

DP 100 DRY D115

115 Ø

100

1

386.200

DP 200 DRY D115

115 Ø

200

1

386.219

DP 400 DRY D115

115 Ø

400

1

386.227

DP 800 DRY D115

115 Ø

800

1

386.235

DP 1500 DRY D115

115 Ø

1500

1

386.243

DP 3000 DRY D115

115 Ø

3000

1

386.251

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

10000 1

386.278

80 Ø

1

366.757

DP 10000 DRY D115 115 Ø

Base for scouring work

“Perforator” tool head with HSS cutting wheels Tool head with 4 hardened and ground cutters on a steel axle for perforating wall coverings such as in-grain wallpaper. The surface is opened for rapid penetration of wallpaper strippers.

HSS cutting wheels

Tool-free interchangeable protective guard for optimally guiding the machine and effective dust extraction. Diameter in mm

QP

Order number

80 Ø

1

369.314

4 replacement cutting wheels for the “perforator” tool head – for perforating coverings. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

38 Ø

4

366.765

Dust extraction guard With swivel segment and brush ring for grinding work. Diameter in mm

QP

Order number

115 Ø

1

366.528

Clip adapter For connecting a FLEX power tool to extraction units from other manufacturers. Suitable for hoses inside Ø 27 mm, outside Ø 36 mm. Designation

Brush ring Brush ring for dust extraction hood - contains two segment parts. QP

Order number

1

369.454

Diameter in mm

Adapter Clip D36/27 42/37

QP

Order number

1

380.377

131


Renovation machines Kit System

This is where to find the right RETECFLEX kit. Simply select the right scouring or grinding head for your applications. The order number listed includes the RE 14-5 115 in the kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected tool head.

Description Complete with 12 pointed tungsten carbide scouring discs. For removing hard plaster, concrete, foam backing and adhesive residues, paint on plaster, epoxy plaster, flexible protective coatings, plaster on wooden beams and latex/oil paints on plaster.

Type

QP

Pointed scouring head kit

1 pointed scouring head Ø 80, M 14, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

S couring head complete, pointed

1

Dimensions Order no. in mm 369.217

80 Ø

12 pointed carbide scouring discs with TC scourfixing bolts and guide discs. ing discs, pointed

366.501

Fitted with 12 flat tungsten carbide scouring discs. For removing soft materials, including plaster, green concrete, foam backing and adhesive residues, soft PU coatings, paint coatings on plaster, plaster on wooden beams and latex/oil paint on plaster, shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on fresh concreted surfaces. The flat form leaves the surface smooth (pull cutting).

Flat scouring head kit

1 scouring head, flat, Ø 80, M 14, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

S couring head complete, flat

1

12 flat carbide scouring discs with fixing bolts and guide discs.

TC scouring discs, flat

366.617

Diamond grinding head equipped with a concrete jet grinding disc. Suitable for grinding concrete parts, roughing old weathered concrete, hard cement plaster, removing shuttering protrusions and concrete runs, hardened epoxy resin coatings and the natural sintering on concrete components.

Concrete1 Concrete-Jet diamond grinding head , 1 SoftVib handle, Jet grinding 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, head kit 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

369.233

369.225

80 Ø

366.560

Concrete1 Jet diamond grinding head

115 Ø

366.668

Replacement grinding disc pad for the Concrete1 diamond grinding head complete with Jet diamond fixing bolts. grinding disc

115 Ø

367.044

Diamond grinding head equipped with an Screed-Jet grinding disc. For removing shuttering protrusions and concrete runners on freshly concreted surfaces, and tile adhesive on floor screed. For grinding screed floors, coatings, hard render with a high sand content, and de-burring edges of new concrete parts.

132

366.552

Screed-Jet 1 Screed-Jet diamond grinding head , 1 SoftVib handle, grinding 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, head kit 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

369.241

Screed-Jet 1 diamond grinding head

115 Ø

366.676

Replacement grinding disc pad for the Screed-Jet 1 diamond grinding head complete with diamond fixing bolts. grinding disc

115 Ø

367.052


Renovation machines Kit System

Description Diamond grinding head equipped with a Surface-Jet grinding disc vacuum diamond coated. For removing coatings on concrete parts, slight unevenness and protrusions on concrete components, contamination, flexible protective coatings on concrete and hard plaster, latex and oil paints on plaster and cosmetic concrete finishing.

Type

QP

Dimensions Order no. in mm

Surface-Jet 1 Surface-Jet diamond grinding head, 1 SoftVib handle, grinding 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, head kit 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

369.268

Surface-Jet 1 diamond grinding head

115 Ø

366.684

Replacement grinding disc pad for the Surface-Jet 1 diamond grinding head complete with diamond fixing bolts. grinding disc

115 Ø

367.036

Tungsten carbide grinding head equipped with a TC-Jet grinding disc with soldered carbide cutters For grinding soft plaster, removing paint and tile adhesive on soft plaster, grout and fillers, aged fillers and sealants and for sanding tile adhesive on soft plaster.

TC-Jet grinding head kit

1 TC-Jet carbide grinding head, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

TC-Jet carbide grinding head

1

115 Ø

366.692

Replacement grinding disc for the carbide grinding head complete with fixing bolts.

TC-Jet carbide grinding disc

1

115 Ø

367.028

Grinding head fitted with a grinding disc consisting of 4 PCD segments (polycrystalline diamond). For the removal of thermally sensitive coatings as well as adhesives, sealants, plastic coatings, bitumen coatings from hard substrates. The PCD segments enable problematic coatings to be removed quickly and effectively without sticking.

Sanding head PCD-Jet kit

1 sanding head PCD-Jet, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

PCD grinding head

1

115 Ø

386.162

Replacement grinding disc for the PCD grinding head, complete with f astening screws.

PCD grinding disc

1

115 Ø

386.170

369.276

389.587

133


Renovation machines Overview of power tools and accessories

LD 1709 FR

Accessories LD 1709 FR

Concrete grinding machine for surfaces, 125 mm

Rubber extraction rings

• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open • Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying stones • Vacuum attachment: 32 mm exterior Ø • Spindle lock • Ideal for point work and large-area stripping • Suction hose not included in delivery package

The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the surface and provides optimum protection against dust and flying stones. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

257.246

Disc guard with removable edge segment Retrofitting kit, consisting of a protective guard with removable edge segment and special clamping flange SW 14 (Order no. 305.022). For LD 1709 FR. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

305.235

Surface-Jet diamond grinding disc Special diamond grinding disc for concrete cosmetics and removal of graffiti with vacuum diamond coating. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

359.424

Adapter Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design.

SPECIFICATIONS Disc Ø No load speed

125 mm 10000 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

950 watt

Tool fixture Weight

134

M 14 2,9 kg

Standard equipment: Clamping nut Clamping flange SW 14 Guard Bail handle Cable clip Hose clip Vacuum ring Vacuum hose extension 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 Wrench holder 1 metal carrying case

Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C D32 AS

1

393.398

Special adapter Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m). Designation

QP

Order number

SAD D32 WS/WSK

1

340.790


Renovation machines Kit System

This is where to find the right LD 1709 FR kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications. The order number listed includes the LD 1709 FR in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.

Description Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal. The many diamond segments means smoother working and a better finish. Also increasing the life of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete, for LD 1709 FR, LDC 1709 FR.

Type

1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, 1 clamping nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying case

Turbo-Jet

1

Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grind- Thermo-Jet ing output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and Plus kit low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings, paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.

Thermo-Jet plus

Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive Screed-Jet materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed, Plus kit green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone (with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.

The new dimension for removing thermal coatings, suitable for fast, effortless stripping of problem coatings. 3 times quicker than normal diamond discs. The PCD segments remove problem coatings quickly and effectively without clogging.

QP

Turbo-Jet kit

Dimensions in mm

125 Ø

1 Thermo-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying case

1

1

PCD grinding disc kit

1 PCD disc, 1 clamping nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying case

PCD grinding disc

1

348.899

355.682

125 Ø

1 Screed-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying case

Screed-Jet plus

Order no. 355.704

359.378

355.690

125 Ø

359.394

355.712

125 Ø

359.416

135


Renovation machines Overview of power tools and accessories

LDC 1709 FR

Accessories LDC 1709 FR

125 mm grinding machine for dust-free grinding close to edges

Brush ring

• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open • Spindle lock • Guard with pivoting segment to allow grinding right up to the wall. Height-adjustable to the disc height and for optimum dust extraction

For LDC 1709 FR. QP

Order number

1

348.422

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

376.027

Dust guard with pivoting edge segment For LDC 1709 FR.

Surface-Jet diamond grinding disc Special diamond grinding disc for concrete cosmetics and removal of graffiti with vacuum diamond coating. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

359.424

Adapter Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C D32 AS

1

393.398

Special adapter

SPECIFICATIONS Disc Ø No load speed

125 mm 10000 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

950 watt

Tool fixture Weight

136

M 14 2,9 kg

Standard equipment: 1 clamping nut M14 Guard with pivoting edge segment 1 SoftVib handle 3 cable clips Hose clip Wrench holder 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 pin wrench 1 metal carrying case 1 clamping flange SW14 1 vacuum adapter Vacuum hose extension

Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m). Designation

QP

Order number

SAD D32 WS/WSK

1

340.790


Renovation machines Kit System

This is where to find the right LDC 1709 FR kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications. The order number listed includes the LDC 1709 FR in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.

Description Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal. The many diamond segments means smoother working and a better finish. Also increasing the life of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete, for LD 1709 FR, LDC 1709 FR.

Type

QP

Turbo-Jet kit

1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, Guard with pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal carrying case

Turbo-Jet

1

Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grind- Thermo-Jet ing output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and Plus kit low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings, paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.

Thermo-Jet plus

Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive Screed-Jet materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed, Plus kit green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone (with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.

1

125 Ø

1 PCD disc, Guard with pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal carrying case

PCD grinding disc

1

348.899

355.658

125 Ø

1 Screed-Jet Plus, Guard with pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal carrying case

PCD grinding disc kit

Order no. 355.674

1 Thermo-Jet Plus, Guard with pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal carrying case

Screed-Jet plus 1

The new dimension for removing thermal coatings, suitable for fast, effortless stripping of problem coatings. 3 times quicker than normal diamond discs. The PCD segments remove problem coatings quickly and effectively without clogging.

Dimensions in mm

359.378

355.666

125 Ø

359.394

378.259

125 Ø

359.416

137


Renovation machines Overview of power tools and accessories

LD 3206 C

Accessories LD 3206 C

Grinding machine for large areas, 180 mm

Rubber extraction rings

• Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying stones • Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open • Vacuum attachment: 32 mm exterior Ø • Spindle lock • Ideal for large areas • Cushioning element between the motor and rear handgrip: significantly reduces vibrations, reducing operator fatigue • Optimum guidance by rear shaft handle with integrated switch and bail handle • Suction hose/adapter not included in delivery package

The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the surface and provides optimum protection against dust and flying stones. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

180 Ø

1

258.626

Plastic multi-carrying case Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C, BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, SK 602 VV. Designation

QP

Order number

TK-S Multi

1

329.908

Adapter Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C D32 AS

1

393.398

Special adapter Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m).

SPECIFICATIONS Disc Ø

180 mm

No load speed

6500 rpm

Power input

2500 watt

Power output

1700 watt

Tool fixture Weight

138

M 14 7,6 kg

Standard equipment: Clamping nut 1 clamping flange SW 17 Guard Bail handle Cable clip Vacuum ring 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6 1 pin wrench 1 pin spanner 1 plastic carry case

Designation

QP

Order number

SAD D32 WS/WSK

1

340.790


Renovation machines Kit System

This is where to find the right LD 3206 C kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications. The order number listed includes the LC 3206 C in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.

Description

Type

Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive Screed-Jet materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed, Plus kit green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone (with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.

QP

Screed-Jet plus 1

Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grind- Thermo-Jet ing output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and Plus kit low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings, paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.

Thermo-Jet plus

Dimensions in mm

1 Screed-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW 17, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Vacuum ring, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6, 1 pin wrench, 1 pin spanner, 1 plastic carry case

180 Ă˜

1 Thermo-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW 17, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Vacuum ring, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6, 1 pin wrench, 1 pin spanner, 1 plastic carry case

1

Order no. 355.739

359.408

355.720

180 Ă˜

359.386

139


Renovation machines Overview of power tools

HPI 603 Plaster ”Hedgehog“ scouring machine for plaster, concrete and screed • Soft start • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Vacuum guard: with stepless height adjustment • Connection to external dust extractor using the supplied adapter • Sturdy scouring discs: from high quality carbide • 7 scouring axes with 28 flat-toothed milling discs • Ideal for working on large areas: stripping plaster, roughening concrete, smoothing shuttering joints and screed

SPECIFICATIONS Scouring head Ø Max. scouring depth No load speed Power input Power output Weight

Type HPI 603

! Accessories page 141 140

150 mm 5 mm Standard equipment: 2400 rpm 28 flat toothed scouring discs 1200 watt 1 side handle 700 watt 1 socket wrench 6,8 kg 1 mandrel 1 pull-off fixture Vacuum hose extension Order no. 1 vacuum adapter 344.257 1 metal carrying case


Renovation machines Accessories

Accessories HPI 603 Carbide scouring discs 28 replacement flat milling discs, solid carbide. For light soft plaster and removing carpet adhesive residues when a clean smooth surface is required. QP

Order number

28

256.587

35 replacement pointed solid carbide milling discs for removing hard plaster and cement. Also for removing carpet adhesive residues when a roughened surface is required. QP

Order number

35

256.589

Adapter For connection of 32 mm Ă˜ suction hoses and suction hose extension SHV-C 32x0.5 m (296.953) to the device. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD D32-36

1

257.169

141


Screwing and drilling

Lithium-ion technology with convincing arguments. FLEX lithium-ion technology is characterised by its numerous advantages. For one thing the batteries allow the construction of very light-weight and compact machines. Thanks to a very low discharge rate (without memory effect), they are always ready for use. Furthermore, the batteries are recharged within a very short time. The batteries for the machines can be replaced within one battery class. In addition to the handy and light-weight ALi 10.8 G, FLEX offers 14.4 and 18.0Â volt drill drivers and impact drivers with 3.0 Ah. All power tools are compact in design, have excellent ergonomics, are easy to handle and have a very long service life. For optimum illumination of the work area, all cordless power tools feature an integrated and connectable LED light. And to prevent damage in transit, all power tools are delivered in stable carrying cases.


Screwing and drilling

Screw-driving, drilling or impact drilling? Who can do what? 10,8 V

14,4 V

18,0 V

ALi 10,8 G

AD 14,4/3,0

ADH 14,4/3,0

AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”

can be found on

Page 145

Page 150

Page 150

Page 150

Page 150

Page 113

Page 112

Battery voltage

10,8 V

14,4 V

14,4 V

14,4 V

14,4 V

18,0 V

18,0 V

Battery capacity

1,3 Ah

3,0 Ah

3,0 Ah

3,0 Ah

3,0 Ah

1,5/3,0 Ah

1,5/3,0 Ah

Torque max. (drill setting)

38 Nm

60 Nm

60 Nm

145 Nm

230 Nm

40/60 Nm

8,5 Nm

Torque positions

20+1

25+1

25+1

20+1

No load speed 1st gear

0-345 rpm

0-350 rpm

0-350 rpm

0-2400 rpm

0-2200 rpm

0-360 rpm

0-4200 rpm

No load speed 2nd gear

0-1240 rpm

0-1800 rpm

0-1800 rpm

0-1500 rpm

0-27000 rpm

0,8-10 mm

1-13 mm

1-13 mm

1,5-13 mm

¼”

½”

¼”

¼”

1,1 kg

1,8 kg

1,9 kg

1,4 kg

1,5 kg

1,4 kg

1,6 kg

Blows per minute Chuck Ø Tool fixture Weight with battery

AID 14,4/3,0 AD 18,0/3,0 R ADW 18,0-42 ½”

143


Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver 10,8 V

ALi 10,8 G

10,8 volts can be so powerful.

Designed for professional continuous operation constructed appropriately robust – e.g solid, yet light aluminium gear housing and completelymetal drill chucks on the cordless drills and hammer drills ensure lasting stability and long service life. The user friendliness is exemplary: with non-slip rubber grip to improve the feel in the hand and an ultra-sensitive accelerator trigger switch with quick stop.

Advantages of lithium ion technology – No memory effect – Powerful: full battery power from the first to the last screw Let there be light!

Simple battery change

– Low weight, lighter than conventional batteries, better to handle

ALi 10.8 G includes an LED lamp as standard equipment and is powered by the auxiliary battery.

The easy-change battery pack reduces work interruptions to a minimum. Two speeds on the ALi 10.8 G ensure optimum speed selection for drilling and screwdriving.

– Protection System: protects from overloading, overheating and deep discharge.

144


Screwing and drilling Overview of power tools and accessories

ALi 10,8 G

Accessories ALi 10,8

2 speed cordless drill/screwdriver with lithium ion technology

Rapid charger

• 20 torque and 1 drill setting • Quick-action chuck with spindle lock • Exchangeable lithium ion battery 1,3 Ah • No memory effect • Integrated LED light • Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min) • Small machine with lots of power • Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, comfortable working • Perfect for drilling in wood, plywoods, plastics and metal. Thanks to its compact design it is especially good when working in restricted spaces

Charging time 60 min for battery pack 10.8 V/1.3 Ah Li-Ion. QP

Order number

1

336.327

LED light Battery not included. The standard auxiliary battery in the ALi 10.8 V series or battery pack 336.319 can be used. QP

Order number

1

336.335

Battery pack Li-Ion battery pack 10.8 V/1.3 Ah for ALi 10.8 series QP

Order number

1

336.319

SPECIFICATIONS Battery voltage

10,8 V

Battery capacity

1,3 Ah

Torque max. (drill setting)

38 Nm

Torque positions

20+1

No load speed 1st gear

0-345 rpm

No load speed 2nd gear

0-1240 rpm

Chuck Ø

0,8-10 mm Standard equipment: 1,1 kg 2 battery pack 1 rapid battery charger 1 LED light Order no. Bit set 338.583 1 plastic carry case

Weight with battery

Type ALi 10,8 G

145


146


Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V

The new FLEX 14.4 V battery range with 3.0 Ah. The new 14.4 volt cordless power tools from FLEX are characterised above all in applications which require a universally applicable, compact and powerful cordless power tool for screwdriving, drilling and impact drilling. Ideally suitable for finishing and installation work with small to medium drill and screw diameters. The power tools are characterised by their compact design, optimum ergonomics, excellent handling and a very long service life. Keyless chuck AD/ADH With rotation stop, for clamping shank tools Ø 1-13 mm.

Tool holder AID 14.4/3.0 ¼” For holding ¼” bits.

2-speed gearbox AD/ADH Always the optimum speeds for screwdriving and drilling.

Tool holder AID 14.4/3.0 ½” For holding ½” attachable tools.

Torque adjustment AD/ADH 25 torque settings plus one drill setting. So that the force of the cordless screwdriver can be dosed correctly.

Charging capacity display and LED light Integrated in the power tool. Informs you at a glance about the charge state of the battery cells. On/Off button for integrated LED light.

Impact drilling function ADH For drilling in masonry, stone and concrete.

Soft handle For safe, comfortable and non-slip handling.

LED light AD/ADH Integrated and can be connected for optimum illumination of the work area.

Clockwise/anti-clockwise Can be switched without gripping the handle.

LED light AID Integrated and can be connected for optimum illumination of the work area.

Lithium-ion battery technology Battery technology with 14.4 volts 3.0 Ah. No memory effect. Battery easy to change.

Belt clip Practical belt hook ensures that the tool is always ready to hand. Available as an accessory (order no. 395.722).

Side handgrip Suitable for all FLEX 14.4 volts cordless power tools from 07/2012. Available as an accessory.

147


Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V

FLEX cordless screwdriver.

More power thanks to new high-performance motors.

The FLEX 14.4 volt cordless drill drivers and impact drivers offer an optimum combination of easy handling and professional performance thanks to their low weight and slender design. With a maximum torque of 60 newton metres (in a hard screwdriving case) the 2-speed cordless drill drivers AD 14.4/3.0 and ADH 14.4/3.0 are characterised by powerful screwdriving and drilling performance. However, particularly sensitive materials can be spot drilled precisely and gently thanks to the accelerator switch. All 14.4 volt power tools are supplied with two batteries. The charging time is maximum 60 minutes.

148


Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V

Precise, powerful and versatile.

Perfect handling

Always the correct speed

Drilling with precision

Whether cordless drill driver AD 14.4/3.0 or cordless impact drill driver ADH 14.4/3.0, both power tools are characterised by perfect handling thanks to their ergonomic design.

Both the cordless drill driver AD 14.4/3.0 and the cordless impact drill driver ADH14.4/3.0 feature 25 torque settings and one drill setting. Therefore the correct speed is always available depending on the application.

The accelerator switch enables precise and gentle spot drilling particularly in sensitive materials.

Universally applicable

The choice is yours

They really get to grip

With a chuck width of 1–13 mm even size 8 and size 10 mixing paddles can be inserted.

The cordless impact driver AID 14.4/3.0 ¼” features a ¼” bit holder, the AID 14.4/3.0 ½” a ½” holder for attachable tools.

Both cordless impact drivers are adequately powerful. They are characterised by 145 Nm (AID 14.4/3.0 ¼”) and 230 Nm (AID 14.4/3.0 ½”).

149


Screwing and drilling Overview of power tools

AD 14,4/3,0; ADH 14,4/3,0

NEW

AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”; AID 14,4/3,0 ½”

NEW

2-speed cordless drill driver 14,4 V with lithium ion technology

Cordless impact driver 14,4 V with lithium-ion technology

• Keyless chuck and motor stop • Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock • Charge indicator • Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min) • Integrated LED light • Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, comfortable working • Two speeds for excellent results in drilling wood, composite wood products, plastic and metal

• Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock • Charge indicator • Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min) • Integrated LED light • Tool holder for ¼” bit tools • Ergonomic design • Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, comfortable working

2-speed cordless impact drill 14,4 V with lithium ion technology

Cordless impact driver 14,4 V with lithium-ion technology

Equipement see AD 14,4/3,0 additional: • Hammer drilling function

Equipement see AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” instead of tool holder for ¼” bit tools: • Tool holder for ½” attachable tools

SPECIFICATIONS Battery voltage

14,4 V

Battery capacity

3,0 Ah 145 Nm

Max. torque

0-2400 rpm

No load speed

¼”

Tool fixture

SPECIFICATIONS Battery voltage

14,4 V

Battery capacity

3,0 Ah

Type

Max. torque

60 Nm

AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”

0-1800 rpm

Battery voltage

14,4 V

0-27000 bpm

Battery capacity

3,0 Ah

1 - 13 mm

Chuck Ø

Max. torque

Weight with battery AD

1,8 kg

No load speed

Weight with battery ADH

1,9 kg

Tool fixture

AD 14,4/3,0 ADH 14,4/3,0

379.522

SPECIFICATIONS

0-350 rpm

No load speed 2nd gear Blows per minute

150

Order no.

No load speed 1st gear

Type

1,4 kg

25+1

Torque positions

! Accessories page 151

Weight with battery

Standard equipment: Order no. 2 batteries AP-K 14,4/3,0 379.492 1 rapid charger CA-K 14,4/60 1 plastic carry case 379.514

Weight with battery

Type AID 14,4/3,0 ½”

! Accessories page 151

230 Nm 0-2200 rpm ½” 1,5 kg

Standard equipment: 2 batteries AP-K 14,4/3,0 Order no. 1 rapid charger CA-K 14,4/60 379.530 1 plastic carry case


Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V

Accessories AID, AD/ADH 14,4 Rapid charger

Handle Charging time 60 mins. for Li-Ion battery 14,4 V.

Auxiliary handle for AD/ADH 14,4.

Designation

QP

Order number

Designation

QP

Order number

CA-K 14,4/60

1

348.694

HZ-S AD/ADH 14,4/3,0

1

395.897

Designation

QP

Order number

GC AD/ADH/AID 14,4/3,0

1

395.722

Battery pack

Belt clip for AID, AD/ADH 14,4 Battery pack Li-Ion 14,4 V / 3,0 Ah for AID 14,4 and AD/ADH 14,4. Designation

QP

Order number

AP-K 14,4/3,0

1

391.018

Diamond dry drill bits For drilling without water using cordless drill drivers or drills. Ideal for drilling dowel holes in fine stoneware tiles (up to hardness 5), granite and marble. Advantages at a glance • low technical effort in comparison with wet drilling, only cordless screwdriver required • no noise nuisance • no dirty water • no contamination of the tile grout with drilling sludge • subsequent cleaning and drying of the work area not required Tips and tricks: The service life of the drill bit is increased many times if the drill bit is cooled down briefly in water after each drilling process. To work effectively and economically, the DD-DRY should be used exclusively for drilling through hard coverings. Dowel holes in masonry or concrete should be made with HW drill bits.

Tile drill bits For drilling without water using cordless drill drivers or drills. The extremely hard tip of the drill bit is pressed gently onto the surface of the tile. This makes a precision mark for the required drill hole. As the drill bit is self-centring, it cannot slip on hard surfaces. Ideally suited for drilling dowel holes in tiles and fine stoneware up to hardness 3. Tips and tricks: The drill bit drills through the covering (e.g. tile) only. A suitable carbide drill bit should be used for the material (masonry, concrete, etc.) under the covering. Insert tile drill bit TD clockwise only.

D

D=Ø

drilling resistance.

Optimum cooling by wax filling. The wax is melted by the heat generated during the drilling process and therefore cools the diamond impregnation.

T

The multi-layered diamond impregnation ensures a maximum service life and rapid work progress.

L

The three chuck jaws are positioned fully on the clamping surfaces and provide the best grip.

Diamond impregnation in the hollow spindle crushes the drill core and reduces the Designation

The hollow shank reduces the weight and stores the coolant. Hexagonal shank AF for clamping in 13 mm chuck, prevents overtightening in the chuck and damage to the shank.

D in mm

T in mm

L in mm

QP

Order no.

Absolutely precise spot drilling. The carbide drill point breaks the surface coating and prevents the drill bit from wandering.

The spiral spindle guarantees quick removal of the drilling dust.

T

The hardened shank reduces damage and guarantees optimum concentricity.

The vacuum-welded carbide cutting edge ensures maximum service life and a durable connection.

L

Cutting edge with diamond cut allows exact spot drilling and tear-free drilled holes.

Designation

D in mm

T in mm

L in mm

QP

Order no.

DD-DRY D6x30 HEX

6

30

80

1

386.286

TD D5x50 D10

5

50

110

1

386.324

DD-DRY D8x30 HEX

8

30

80

1

386.294

TD D6x50 D10

6

50

110

1

386.332

TD D8x50 D10

8

50

110

1

386.340

DD-DRY D10x30 HEX

10

30

80

1

386.308

DD-DRY D14x30 HEX

14

30

80

1

386.316

151


Screwing and drilling 2,5 kg rotary hammer drill

CHE 2-26 SDS-plus

The compact multi-talent.

The light 2.5 kg and compact 800 watt CHE 2-26 SDS-plus hammer drill and chisel is ideal for drilling, hammer-drilling in masonry and concrete, for plugs, anchoring systems and through-holes. The 2.5 kg hammer drill is ideal for light-duty chiselling work and removal of plaster and tiles.

Handy, precise and powerful

Simple tool change with SDS plus

Small but really fine

The CHE 2-26 SDS-plus has no trouble at all in dealing with plug holes and throughholes up to 26 mm for electrical cables and tubes.

No tools are needed to change drills and chisels thanks to SDS-plus. As a result, the CHE 2-26 SDS-plus can be rapidly set to all the requirements.

Even wall tiles present no difficulty for the CHE 2-26 SDS-plus thanks to its chiselling function. The chisel can be set in all positions.

152


Screwing and drilling Universal rotary hammer drill, 2,5 kg

Versatile Easy-to-operate switch for the following functions: 1 Drilling without hammer 2 Drilling with hammer 3 Continuous chisel positioning 4 Hammer function for chiselling

Accelerator trigger switch

CHE 2-26 SDS-plus

Acceleration trigger, lock-on function and a clockwise/anticlockwise function.

Universal rotary hammer drill, 2,5 kg, SDS-plus • Light 800 watt hammer drill and chisel hammer, pistol design with the clockwise/anticlockwise rotation function • Hammer drilling • Depth limit gauge: for precision drilling • Rotation stop for chiselling • Max. drilling range up to 26 mm • Accelerator switch with lock-on function • Ideal for drilling and hammer drilling, diameters from 4-18 mm in masonry and concrete for dowel fixings or through-holes. • For light-duty chiselling work when removing plaster and tiles

A firm grip The soft grip ensures a secure hold.

This one has a smart head on its shoulders The additional handle with an integrated depth stop can be easily rotated and locked at the desired position. With the SDS-plus you can quickly change both drills and chisels without any tools.

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed

0-1100 rpm

Blows per minute

0-5200 bpm

Single impact energy (EPTA)

2,3 J

Max. drill hole Ø in concrete

26 mm

Max. drill hole Ø in masonry (drill bit)

68 mm

Max. drill hole Ø in wood

30 mm

Power input

800 watt

Tool fixture

SDS-plus

Weight

Type CHE 2-26 SDS-plus

2,5 kg

Standard equipment: 1 handle Order no. 1 drill depth stop 365.904 Carry case

! Accessories from page 158 153


Screwing and drilling Rotary hammer drill

CHE 5-45 SDS-max

Handy 5 kg combined hammer drill.

The handy and powerful 1100 watt CHE 5-45 SDS-max hammer drill and chisel in L form has a hammer-impact drill function, chisel function and a rotation stop for chiselling with vibrationdampened handle. It also has a service display. Regular maintenance greatly extends the life of the machine.

He works flat out

Rough but cordial

Through thick and thin

The CHE 5-45 SDS-max is particularly suitable for trimming work to remove plaster, masonry and light concrete.

The vibration-proof handle protects the user especially when performing heavy-duty trimming and drilling work.

The CHE 5-45 SDS-max effortlessly drills and hammer-drills in masonry and concrete. For example, for drilling holes for compound anchor attachments and through-holes.

154


Screwing and drilling Universal rotary hammer drill, 5 kg

It’s all in the head The additional handle with an integrated depth stop can be easily rotated and locked at the desired position. With the SDS-max you can quickly change both drills and chisels without any tools.

Always in the correct position Setting of the 12 chisel positions.

CHE 5-45 SDS-max Universal rotary hammer drill, 5 kg, SDS-max • Handy L-design 1100 watt rotary hammer drill and chisel hammer • Hammer drilling • Rotation stop for chiselling • Max. drilling range: up to 45 mm with hammer drill, 80 mm drilling with a core drill, 90 mm drilling with carbide metal drill bit • With a variable speed setting for optimum speed depending on requirement and tool • With supplementary handgrip and vibration-dampened handle • Ideal for hammer-drilling, diameter 10-32 mm in masonry and concrete for composite or injection anchoring systems and through-holes • Suitable for light-duty chiselling work to remove plaster, masonry and lightweight concrete • The integrated service display indicates the next change for carbon brushes as well as the service interval

A turn for the better Easy-to-operate switch for the following functions: Drilling with hammer and chisel functions.

Anti-vibration The vibration-dampened and anti-slip handle ensures a secure hold and eases strain on the user.

At the turn of a dial With a variable speed setting for optimum speed depending on requirement and tool

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Blows per minute Single impact energy (EPTA) Chisel positions

235-500 rpm 1350-2870 bpm 7,1 J 12

Max. drill hole Ø in concrete

45 mm

Max. drill hole Ø in masonry (drill bit)

105 mm

Power input

1100 watt

Tool fixture

SDS-max

Weight

Type CHE 5-45 SDS-max

! Accessories from page 159

5,9 kg Standard equipment: 1 drill depth stop 1 handle Order no. 1 tube of grease 365.912 Carry case

The perfect service The CHE 5-45 SDS-max has both a power system (green) and service display. Send the machine to FLEX customer service should the service display (red) light up. Keeping to the maintenance intervals clearly extends the life of the machine.

155


Screwing and drilling Demolition hammer, 5 kg

DH 5 SDS-max

The powerful 5 kg demolition hammer.

The DH 5 SDS-max 5 kg demolition hammer is very handy and compact. With its powerful and sturdy 1050 watt motor it is ideal for medium-duty chiselling work in concrete and masonry particularly in walls and ceilings, for concrete face-lifting, tile and plaster removal and for through holes in walls and floors.

Anti-vibration

Always held correctly

In perfect position

The rear grip is equipped with vibration damping. This allows the user to work longer without tiring – even in continuous use.

It has a radially and axially hinged auxiliary handle. This enables the operator to always set the handle in the optimum position.

Thanks to the 12 tool-free adjustable chisel positions, the tool can always be optimally positioned.

156


Screwing and drilling Demolition hammer, 5 kg

Anti-vibration The vibration-dampened and anti-slip handle ensures a secure hold and eases strain on the user.

Always in the correct position

DH 5 SDS-max

Setting of the 12 chisel positions.

Demolition hammer, 5 kg, SDS-max • Very handy and compact L-design 1050 watt chisel hammer • With side handle, can be both radially and axially rotated and vibration-dampened handle • Ideal for medium-duty chiselling work in concrete and masonry, especially in walls. Concrete face-lifting, removal of tiles and plaster and knocking-through in walls and floors Axially and radially The additional handle is axially and radially adjustable, always for finding an optimal hold. For an optimum hold and precision guidance.

SPECIFICATIONS Blows per minute

3500 bpm

Power input

1050 watt

Single impact energy (EPTA) Chisel positions Tool fixture Weight

Type DH 5 SDS-max

6,7 J 12 SDS-max 5 kg

Standard equipment: 1 handle Order no. 1 tube of grease 365.920 Carry case

! Accessories from page 159 157


Screwing and drilling Accessories

Accessories CHE 2-26 SDS-plus SDS 2-plus drill

SDS-plus broad-flat chisel Drill with 2 solid carbide alloy cutters, reinforcement chamfer and centering point for easy, precision-point working. Asymmetrical, high-capacity double conveyor spirals for quick transfer of the drill dust. Core reinforcement for maximum energy transfer from hammer drill to drill tip. Vibration-damping and also conveys more energy to the cutting bit. Ideal for drilling in concrete, masonry and natural stone.

Designation

Diameter Length QP in mm in mm

Order number

HD 2-C D4x110 SDS-plus

4

110

1

367.931

HD 2-C D5x110 SDS-plus

5

110

1

367.958

HD 2-C D6x110 SDS-plus

6

110

1

367.966

HD 2-C D5x160 SDS-plus

5

160

1

367.974

HD 2-C D6x160 SDS-plus

6

160

1

367.982

HD 2-C D8x160 SDS-plus

8

160

1

367.990

HD 2-C D10x160 SDS-plus 10

160

1

368.008

HD 2-C D12x160 SDS-plus 12

160

1

368.016

HD 2-C D6x210 SDS-plus

6

210

1

368.024

HD 2-C D8x210 SDS-plus

8

210

1

368.032

HD 2-C D10x210 SDS-plus 10

210

1

368.040

HD 2-C D12x210 SDS-plus 12

210

1

368.059

HD 2-C D14x210 SDS-plus 14

210

1

368.067

HD 2-C D16x210 SDS-plus 16

210

1

368.075

HD 2-C D8x260 SDS-plus

260

1

368.083

HD 2-C D10x260 SDS-plus 10

260

1

368.091

HD 2-C D12x260 SDS-plus 12

260

1

368.105

HD 2-C D14x260 SDS-plus 14

260

1

368.113

HD 2-C D16x310 SDS-plus 16

310

1

368.121

HD 2-C D18x200 SDS-plus 18

200

1

368.148

HD 2-C D20x200 SDS-plus 20

200

1

368.156

HD 2-C D18x450 SDS-plus 18

450

1

368.164

HD 2-C D20x450 SDS-plus 20

450

1

368.172

HD 2-C D22x450 SDS-plus 22

450

1

368.180

HD 2-C D25x450 SDS-plus 25

450

1

368.199

8

The broad flat chisel is excellent for stripping plastered walls. Higher removal rate due to wedge effect. More material removal per chisel stroke.

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

spat

40 x 250

1

368.512

SDS-plus tile chisel The tile chisel is suited for renovation work. It has a large leaf width, can be optimally placed in joints and also preserves the underground. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

cambered

40 x 250

1

368.628

QP

Order number

1

368.571

Diameter in mm

QP

Order number

1,5-13

1

272.639

Chisel/drill set SDS-plus Set consisting of. SDS 2-plus drills 1x 5 Ø x 110 mm, 1x 6 Ø x 110 mm, 1x 6 Ø 160 mm, 1x 8 Ø x 160 mm, 1x 10 Ø x 160 mm, 1x sharp chisel SDS-plus 250 mm, 1x flat chisel SDS-plus 250 mm.

Quick-release drill chuck for CHE 2-26 SDS-plus

SDS-plus flat chisel SDS-plus adapter

Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

flat

20 x 250

1

368.490

SDS-plus sharp chisel Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work.

158

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

pointed

250

1

368.504

Adapter for ½” drill chuck (Order No. 272.639). QP

Order number

1

368.652


Screwing and drilling Accessories

Accessories CHE 5-45 SDS-max

Accessories CHE 5-45, DH 5 SDS-max

SDS 2-max drill

SDS-max flat chisel Drill with 2 sharp carbide cutters. For drilling in concrete, masonry and natural stone. Designation

Diameter Length QP in mm in mm

Order number

HD 2-C D12x340 SDS-max 12

340

1

368.202

HD 2-C D14x340 SDS-max 14

340

1

368.210

HD 2-C D15x340 SDS-max 15

340

1

368.229

HD 2-C D12x540 SDS-max 12

340

1

368.237

HD 2-C D14x540 SDS-max 14

540

1

368.245

HD 2-C D15x540 SDS-max 15

540

1

368.253

Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

flat

25 x 400

1

368.539

SDS-max sharp chisel Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

pointed

400

1

368.547

SDS-max broad-flat chisel The broad flat chisel is excellent for stripping plastered walls. Higher removal rate due to wedge effect. More material removal per chisel stroke.

SDS 4-max drill The drill tipped 4-cut head design ensures centric guidance in the drill hole. Two additional secondary cutters protect the drill from impacting on any steel reinforcement. Moreover, the special spiral design reduces vibrations. Highly suitable for drilling in reinforced concrete.

Designation

Diameter Length QP in mm in mm

Order number

HD 4-C D16x340 SDS-max 16

340

1

368.261

HD 4-C D18x340 SDS-max 18

340

1

368.288

HD 4-C D20x320 SDS-max 20

320

1

368.296

HD 4-C D22x320 SDS-max 22

320

1

368.318

HD 4-C D25x320 SDS-max 25

320

1

368.326

HD 4-C D28x370 SDS-max 28

370

1

368.334

HD 4-C D30x370 SDS-max 30

370

1

368.342

HD 4-C D32x370 SDS-max 32

370

1

368.350

HD 4-C D35x370 SDS-max 35

370

1

368.369

HD 4-C D16x540 SDS-max 16

540

1

368.377

HD 4-C D18x540 SDS-max 18

540

1

368.385

HD 4-C D20x520 SDS-max 20

520

1

368.393

HD 4-C D22x520 SDS-max 22

520

1

368.407

HD 4-C D24x520 SDS-max 24

520

1

368.415

HD 4-C D25x520 SDS-max 25

520

1

368.423

HD 4-C D28x570 SDS-max 28

570

1

368.431

HD 4-C D30x570 SDS-max 30

570

1

368.458

HD 4-C D32x570 SDS-max 32

570

1

368.466

HD 4-C D35x570 SDS-max 35

570

1

368.474

HD 4-C D40x570 SDS-max 40

570

1

368.482

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

spat

50 x 400

1

368.555

SDS-max tile chisel The tile chisel is suited for renovation work. It has a large leaf width, can be optimally placed in joints and also preserves the underground. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

cambered

50 x 300

1

368.563

SDS-max chisel set Set consisting of 1x sharp chisel 400 mm SDS-max, 1x flat chisel SDS-max 25 x 400 mm. QP

Order number

1

368.601

Drill dust adapter Drill dust adapter The drill dust extractor is connected to the suction hose of the FLEX vacuum cleaners or to different adapters so that the dust is extracted directly through the drill hole. There is no dust residue. For drilling applications up to Ă˜ 24 mm. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SAD BS D32

290 x 65

1

394.025

159


Screwing and drilling Dry core drilling

Core drilling

Drilling where low noise, no dust or vibration is requested.

Without vibration, a concrete core is cut out with absolute precision - even reinforcing bars pose no problem. Ideal for drilling and through hole work in sensitive areas, such as hospitals, laboratories, computer facilities, office buildings and schools, etc. With our range of dry and wet core drills and the complementary accessory range, we provide you with the tools for effective, low-vibration and economical working. Quick-Snap system

Only the FLEX Quick-Snap system with its removable extractor ring allows work to be done with and without dust extraction using the same basic holder. Core bits: no special core bits are required. All core bits with a standard M16 thread can be used. (Special core bits are needed when dust extraction is used.)

Perfect extraction system

Right on the spot

The innovative extraction system in conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners reduces the production of healthharmful drilling dust to a minimum.

Centring star for pinpoint accuracy. To ensure the optimum positioning of the centring bar in each drill bit, the FLEX accessory programme includes the matching centring star.

160


Screwing and drilling Overview of power tools

BH 812 VV 2-speed core drill for dry drilling • VV electronic control: constant speed control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection, temperature monitoring and speed selection • Long additional handle: turns and latches in pre-set positions to absorb high torque in freehand operation • Safety slip clutch: offers protection if the core drill is jammed • Clamping neck: 53 mm, suitable for application in drilling stands • Ideal for dry drilling • Mechanical 2-speed gear unit and variable, electric speed setting provide optimum speeds for a wide range of drilling diameters

SPECIFICATIONS Power input

1800 watt

Power output

1200 watt

Speed under load 1st/2nd gear Tool fixture Max. drilling Ø masonry Weight

Type BH 812 VV

0-1000 / 0-3800 rpm ⅝”-16 UN / M 16 180 mm 4,2 kg

Order no. 260.190

Standard equipment: 1 handle 1 open-ended wrench SW 24 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 1 wrench case 1 drill depth stop 1 clamp fitting with ratchet clip 1 adapter ⅝”-16UN/M16 1 plastic carry case

! Accessories from page 162 161


Screwing and drilling Accessories

Segments

QP

Order number

68 Ø

3

1

349.062

 

82 Ø

4

1

349.070

 

68 Ø

3

1

349.100

 

82 Ø

4

1

349.119

 

68 Ø

3

1

349.127

 

82 Ø

4

1

349.135

 

BH 812 VV

Diameter in mm

BH 612 VR

Accessories BH 612 VR, BH 812 VV

Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, universal Dry, M 16 internal thread, for masonry, with dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful length 80 mm.

Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, abrasive Dry, M 16 internal thread, for masonry, with dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful length 80 mm.

Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, specially soldered Dry, M 16 internal thread, for dense sand-lime bricks, with dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful length 80 mm.

Diamond drill bits with dust extractor for Quick-Snap Dry, M 16 inner thread, for masonry, with dust extraction for Quick-Snap system, effective length 400 mm.

68 Ø

1

349.143

 

102 Ø

1

349.151

 

152 Ø

1

349.178

 

1

340.243

 

1

340.235

 

1

340.227

 

Suction rotor Quick-Snap Extracts health-hazardous dusts and thereby increases the drill bit's service life. Connection for standard drill bits M 16, by tool-free drill bit exchange. Light rotor with excellent suction power; dry drilling is also possible with the same system without extraction. Quick and simple cleaning by tool-free removal of the suction unit. Connection dimensions ⅝” UN 16. Consisting of: Rotor and 1 drill adapter 340.235.

Drill adapter Quick-Snap For screwing onto the drill bits / drill bits for socket outlets. Connection: M 16.

Centering mount Quick-Snap Diamond drill bit for socket outlets, magnetic with drill.

 suitable – not suitable

162


Screwing and drilling Accessories

Durchmesser in mm

QP

Order number

1

340.200

 

BH 812 VV

Designation

BH 612 VR

Accessories BH 612 VR, BH 812 VV

Centering bar Quick-Snap For diamond drill bits, effective length 400 mm, magnetic with drill. Without centring star.

Centering star Quick-Snap For centring bar 340.200, fits drill bit Ø 68 mm.

68 Ø

1

340.162

 

For centering bar 340.200, fits drill bit Ø 102 mm.

102 Ø

1

340.146

 

152 Ø

1

340.111

 

Adapter 32/36 mm, can be rotated, tapered, hard. To connect the 32 mm hose with the suction rotor 340.243.

1

340.081

 

Adapter ⅝”-16 UN to M 16 for connecting the machine directly to the drill bit.

1

255.424

 

1

259.491

 

1

255.468

 

1

329.908

 

For centering bar 340.200, fits drill bit Ø 152 mm.

Suction adapter for Quick-Snap

Adapter

Centering aid with clamp fitting For drill bits with an effective length of 180 mm.

Extension for centering aid For drill bits with an effective length of 400 mm.

Plastic multi-carrying case Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C, BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, SK 602 VV.

TK-S Multi

163


Special tool Wall chaser

The FLEX wall chaser. It does you a good turn. Cutting slots with 2 parallel running FLEX high-performance diamond cutting discs. The middle partition can then be broken out using the supplied slot breaker. Only the FLEX wall chaser allows changeover from vertical pull cutting to horizontal push cutting. Unlock, swivel the motor, lock - finished! Fatigue-free working in both directions!

MS 1706 FR Set

Working direction

Wall chaser for push and pull cutting

Working direction

At the turn of a dial It does not matter in which direction you are cutting. The swivelling vacuum hose adapter allows for hinderence free working.

• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Patented swivel-mounted motor (EP1693169) allows for push and pull cutting. • Optimal dust extraction and maximum safety due to enclosed guard • Tool-free blade changing and slit width adjustment • Rotating adaptor for dust extractor • Tool-free cutting depth adjustment • Plunge cut stop • Chases two parallel slots up to 35 mm deep and 30 mm wide • Slot breaker for easy removal of the remaining material without a hammer • This machine is also available in 110 V

Tool-free and simple The disc guard can be opened and the quick-clamp nut loosened without any additional tools. In this way you can change the diamond cutting discs and quickly adjust the distance rings according to the desired groove width. The trick is in the swivel Patented swivel-mounted motor (EP1693169) allows for push and pull cutting.

SPECIFICATIONS Cutting depth Groove width

Working direction

Disc Ø

Easy depth setting You can use the scale - which is divided into 5 mm increments - on the disc guard to set how deep the milled cut should be.

No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Weight

Type MS 1706 FR Set

164

0-35 mm 10-30 mm Standard equipment: 140 mm 2 Diamantjet VI-Speedcut-cutting disc 140 mm Ø 7500 rpm 1 side handle 1400 watt 1 SDS-Clic quick-clamp nut M 14 950 watt Distance spacers M 14 Stacking discs 4,6 kg Clamping flanges 1 web remover 1 adapter for dust extractor Order no. Cable clip 329.673 1 plastic carry case


Special tool Overview of power tools and accessories

F 1109

Accessories MS 1706 FR Set

710 watt gutter support groove cutter

Diamantjet VI - Speedcut

• Rugged motor • 4 HSS reversible cutters: the cutters can be reversed, allowing them to be used four times • Cutting head: 80 mm diameter, M 14 tool fixture • Controlled chip channelling • Adjustable to 6 mm and 8 mm thick gutter supports

For cuts in walls, limestone, concrete and porous concrete. Due to the innovative HDS (high density sintered) technology, which can be recognised by the high density and homogeneity of the binding components, the Speedcut cutting disc stands out because of its uniform light cutting action, its long life span and the overheating protection it offers. Due to the ribbed form, only minimal pressure needs to be applied and the debris is removed quickly: the workpiece is cut cleanly and smoothly.

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

140 Ø

1

334.464

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

21 x 21

4

229.555

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

21 x 21

4

241.091

Accessories F 1109 Reversible blades HM reversible blades

HSS reversible blades

SPECIFICATIONS Power input

710 watt

Power output

420 watt

No load speed

10000 rpm

Planer width

40 mm

Planer depth

6 / 8 mm

No. of cutters Weight

Type F 1109

4 pieces Standard equipment: 3,9 kg 1 set HHS reversible cutters (4 pieces) 1 metal carrying case Order no. 1 torx wrench 251.338 1 open-ended wrench SW 30/17

165


Surface finishing sanding

FLEX. Sands and sands and sands… Everything starts with sanding. Since 1922 everything at FLEX has revolved around sanding. Whether angle grinder, polisher, renovation sander or even long-necked sander – the main focus has always been on the perfect sanding result. Thanks to its many years of experience, FLEX today is the perfect partner for the trade when it comes to professional sanding machines. The angle grinders from FLEX are a synonym for a complete category of tools. A sign of quality, reliability and power of the sanding tools from FLEX. It is always about the quick and easy removal of different materials from a wide range of surfaces. And more than ever the focus is on the health of the user. This is why the SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 was developed. It is characterised by very high material removal and optimum extraction. Gearbox, smooth running and motor output make the SUPRAFLEX the specialist for the efficient sanding of a wide scope of materials such as metal, stone, paint and wood.

FLEX sanding system

To ensure that the work can be performed easier and quicker, FLEX offers accessories suitable for the sanders, such as Velcro sanding pads and sanding tools. The intelligent and powerful FLEX extraction systems provide for a low-dust workplace.

Organisation system. Machine and accessories are ­securely and clearly arranged with the new box-on-box system from FLEX. More information on the new Box on Box system from FLEX starting on page 282.

Sanding accessories. The FLEX Velcro systems are characterised by secure adhesion of the sanding tool, high temperature resistance and long service life.


Surface finishing sanding

Application overview of sanding

WST 700 VV Vario

WSE 7 Vario Set

LL 1107 VEA

RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115

ORE 125-2

X 1107 VE

OSE 80-2

Curves Corners/edges

ODE 100-2

WSE 500

Triangular sander

WSE 7 Vario Plus

SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 Surfaces

Palm sander

WST 700 VV Vario Plus

Random-orbit sander

Rotary sander

• •

Profiles

Sanding tools. The best results can be obtained with suitable sanding tools only. FLEX sanding tools stand for a long service life, high sanding performance and best surface quality.

Suction hose. With anti-static feature for increased safety and greater working comfort. The FLEX Clip system simplifies connection – no adapters or reducing sleeves required.

Safety vacuum cleaners. The filter systems of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners reliably separate out dust, in classes L, M and H (even harmful s­ ubstances).

167



Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

The new SUPRAFLEX. The smooth running power pack. SUPRAFLEX – this means: virtually dust-free sanding of a wide range of materials and surfaces with a uniquely high removal rate. Thanks to a two-stage gearbox, the new SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 has high torques, even at the lower speed range, for speeds which are appropriate for the material. The two-stage gearbox in this class provides for a unique smooth running performance and optimum cooling of the motor. Apart from the inner values, the new SUPRAFLEX is characterised by perfect handling, as well as its ergonomics and compact design.

Grip hood with SoftGrip Ergonomically shaped for optimum and precise control of the machine. A side handle can be screwed on if required.

Extraction hood with swivel segment Enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction power. Can be opened without any tools.

Compact and ergonomical Thanks to the ergonomical and low design and the low weight, even areas which are difficult to access can be processed easily.

Easy and without any tools Height adjustment and removal of the extraction guard hood without additional tool.

Simple operation Sliding switch for single-hand operation. Also approved for processing metal and stone.

FLEX Clip system For fixed hose connection. Adapter with FLEX Clip connection for Ø 32 mm snap connection ­included in the standard equipment.

Removal without end Powerful and high-output 1400 watt motor for greater removal rate than traditional eccentric sanders.

Spindle lock Ideally positioned to prevent improper operation and does not interfere with the grip area.

Controllable speed of 600–2100 rpm The speed controller ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing.

Intelligent air flow The optimised air flow ensures the best possible cooling of gearbox and motor. And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.

Extremely quiet The gearbox of the SUPRAFLEX is an innovative combination of planetary and lapped angular gears. Planetary gears can transmit very high torques despite their very compact design. ­Extremely low noise generation thanks to sound optimization, even under load.

Good for your health The 8-hole system ensures a virtually dust-free workplace.

169


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125

The specialist for painted surfaces.

Demanding customers are focussing more and more on high-quality surfaces. Optimum preparation and appropriate technology are required to achieve this. The SUPRAFLEX and the matching sanding tools achieve the best results. The new SUPRAFLEX stands for high removal rate and optimum surface quality. It runs extremely quietly and features a unique extractor. In combination with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners the working environment is virtually dust-free.

170


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

More power for more results.

Convincing extraction power

Precise and safe control.

Unique removal rate

In conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners the SUPRAFLEX, thanks to its unique extraction power, ensures a virtually dust-free workplace.

With the ergonomically shaped grip hood with SoftGrip the SUPRAFLEX can be guided precisely and safely.

1400 watts provide adequate power reserves at all speed ranges. This allows unique ­removal rates on all materials.

Traditional eccentric sanders

Extremely quiet running

Up to the edge

Sanding performance per minute

Motor and gearbox are characterised in this class by a unique smooth running performance. Furthermore, the noise ­generation is considerably reduced by sound ­optimisation.

The extraction hood of the SUPRAFLEX ­enables you to work near edges at ­maximum extraction power. The segment can be ­opened quickly and without any tools.

The SUPRAFLEX has a 300% greater removal rate than traditional eccentric sanders (source: FLEX test workshop).

171


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125

The specialist for stainless steel and steel alloy.

The stepless speed control adjusts speeds from 600 to 2100 rpm for sanding and polishing steel, stainless steel, steel alloy and aluminium. The speeds remain constant even under load. The SUPRAFLEX features a soft start to ensure a smooth start. The temperature monitor prevents windings from burning through. The restart interlock prevents the machine from starting unintentionally after a power failure. The completely encapsulated electronics module is protected from damage by metal dust.

172


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

The SE 14-2 125 knows no limits.

Gentle removal on any surface

Versatile applications

Suitable for processing aluminium

Old paints and varnishes on metal surfaces can be removed effortlessly with the ­SUPRAFLEX. Despite its high removal rate, it protects the surfaces.

Polishing flap discs for sanding, cleaning and finishing work can also be used for processing stainless steel. The required ­accessories, clamping flange and clamping nut, are included in the stainless steel set 393.428.

The excellent extraction power and the low speeds also allow aluminium and galvanised steel to be processed.

CERAFLEX

CORKFLEX

It stays cold

The new sanding tool CERAFLEX is characterised by a high removal rate with low heat generation and above all by its special ceramic grit on the fabric base. This prolongs the service life significantly and increases the cost-effectiveness.

The coarse structure of CORKFLEX reduces heat generation on the surface, above all when fine sanding. As a result, the service life is three times longer than comparable sanding tools. The cork accessory also provides a better deep cleaning of the surface. For a greater gloss and better haptics.

The optimised air flow ensures the best possible cooling of gearbox and motor. And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.

173


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125

The specialist for natural and artificial stone.

For 90 years FLEX has been your competent and innovative partner for processing natural and artificial stone. The longstanding competence of FLEX also includes the knowledge which its engineers have about the nature of stone, its characteristics and ­sensitivities. Therefore, it goes without saying that the new SUPRAFLEX does not damage or soil valuable natural stone, but ­processes it professionally and appropriate to the particular material.

174


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

Why wet when dry is just as good?

Working in all positions

Close to the surface

Diamond pads for dry sanding

The ergonomics and especially the handling of the SUPRAFLEX also facilitate the processing of difficult areas. Particularly where details are important.

The SUPRAFLEX has a very flat gear head to keep the distance from the surface as small as possible. This facilitates precise control of the machine.

Without using water. This has a huge advantage for repair and renovation work indoors. In conjunction with the dust extractor there is almost no debris.

Make something new from something old!

Also outstandingly powerful

Brilliant result up to the edge

Worn or damaged natural or artificial stone for steps, window sills, floor tiles, exposed concrete areas, etc. can be processed effortlessly with the SUPRAFLEX and the suitable accessories.

Despite the opened guard hood, the extraction power of the SUPRAFLEX remains constant. This avoids constantly opening and closing the hood when processing small areas near edges.

The guard hood of the SUPRAFLEX was designed in such a way that the upright surface is not damaged when sanding and polishing near edges.

175


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125

The specialist for wood processing.

In addition to the processing of painted surfaces, stainless steel and steel alloy and natural and artificial stone, the SUPRAFLEX is also particularly suitable for sanding wood surfaces. The SUPRAFLEX is characterised by its advantages in this respect as well. This applies in particular to handling, the size of the housing, the unique extraction power, the quiet running characteristics and the option of working near edges. And when material is to be removed quickly, it provides more than enough power with the 1400 watt motor output and the two-stage gearbox.

176


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

From sanding to polishing.

Optimum handling

When things get tight

From sanding to polishing

When sanding, the right feel is always important. The rubberised grip hood of the SUPRAFLEX ensures the perfect grip and safe control.

Thanks to the low height of the housing, the SUPRAFLEX can also be guided effortlessly in confined areas.

Remove the guard hood easily and without any tools, set the optimum speed and the sander becomes a polisher. It can’t be simpler.

Two-stage gearbox

Pianissimo

Polishing felt pads

The innovative two-stage gearbox of the ­SUPRAFLEX reaches a high torque even at low speeds. This ensures rapid work ­progress.

The SUPRAFLEX is also characterised by its very low noise generation. This makes work even more pleasant.

Made from natural raw materials. Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, nonferrous metals, wood surfaces, mineralbased materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/ agents and oils for sealing and care).

177


Surface finishing sanding Overview of power tools

NEW

SE 14-2 125 Set

SUPRAFLEX, the sanding specialist for metal, stone, painted surfaces, wood • VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for optimum cooling • Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No annoying exhaust air for the user • Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces noise to an absolute minimum • Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position. • Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure to hold. • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. Protective guard on the winding end of the armature and plated winding on the armature. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life. • Epoxy-coated winding on the field coil • Guard with pivoting edge segment • Genuine operation thanks to conveniently placed and dust-protected on/off switch • 4 metres PUR H07-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts and abrasions • Spindle lock • Sanding specialist for refurbishing, renovating, modernising, processing stainless steel, metal, natural/artificial stone, wood surfaces, painted surfaces

SPECIFICATIONS Max. back-up pad diameter No load speed

125 mm 600-2100 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture Dimensions (L x W x H, including extraction hood) Weight

Type SE 14-2 125 Set

! Accessories from page 190 178

M 14 370x170x140 mm 2,6 kg

Order no. 391.174

Standard equipment: 1 guard hood SG D125 SE 1 Adapter SAD-C D32 AS 1 auxiliary handle SE 14-2 125 M8 1 velcro sanding pad SP D125-8 H/F 1 carry case TK-L BoB-2 1 case insert TKE SE 14-2 125 4 sheets of sandingpaper Ø 125 mm 1 offset face spanner 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 long 3 cable clips


Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX

SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125

The suitable set for each application. SUPRAFLEX

Standard equipment

Guard

Adapter

Velcro backing pad

Side handgrip

Carry case TK-L BoB-2

Paint-Set

Order no. 393.436

Inox-Set

Order no. 393.428

Stone-Set

Order no. 393.444

QP

Designation

QP

Bezeichnung

QP

Bezeichnung

1

Carrying case TK-L BoB-1 + Case insert

1

Carrying case TK-L BoB-1 + Case insert

1

Carrying case TK-L BoB-1 + Case insert

10

ZIRCOFLEX D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25

1

Natural fibre felt pad hard

1

Natural fibre felt pad hard

10

ZIRCOFLEX D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25

1

Natural fibre felt pad soft

1

Natural fibre felt pad soft

10

ZIRCOFLEX D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25

3

CORKFLEX D125 CO-P280 VE15

1

Diamond grinding pad DP 50 DRY D125

10

SELECTFLEX D125-8 SE-P120 VE50

3

CORKFLEX D125 CO-P400 VE15

1

Diamond grinding pad DP 100 DRY D125

10

SELECTFLEX D125-8 SE-P180 VE50

3

CORKFLEX D125 CO-P800 VE15

1

Diamond grinding pad DP 400 DRY D125

1

MESHFLEX D125-8 ME-A100 VE5

10

CERAFLEX D125 CE-K80 VE50

1

Diamond grinding pad DP 800 DRY D125

1

MESHFLEX D125-8 ME-A280 VE5

10

CERAFLEX D125 CE-K120 VE50

1

Diamond grinding pad DP 3000 DRY D125

10

CERAFLEX D125 CE-K180 VE50

1

Velcro sanding fleece coarse

1

Velcro sanding fleece medium

1

Velcro sanding fleece very fine

1

Clamping flange CF SE 14-2

1

Clamping nut

179


Surface finishing sanding

FLEX palm, delta and random orbit sanders. The compact power tools for small areas, corners and edges. Your demanding customers are focussing more and more on high-quality surfaces. Optimum preparation and corresponding technology are required to achieve this. The best results are obtained with the single-hand sanders from FLEX and the matching sanding tools. Whether a palm, delta or random orbit sander – all machines run extremely quietly and feature an integrated extractor. In combination with the FLEX safety extractors your working environment will be almost dust-free.


Surface finishing sanding

Always the correct choice. Palm sander OSE 80-2

Delta sander ODE 100-2

Random-orbit sander ORE 125-2

Shapes/radii

Corners/edges

Abrasion

Surface quality

181


182


Surface finishing sanding Palm, delta and random orbit sanders

For the perfect finish. The FLEX palm sanders OSE 80-2 and FLEX delta sanders ODE 100-2 are particularly suitable for sanding small areas, corners and edges. The FLEX random orbit sander ORE 125-2 is ideal for sanding shapes and radii. All FLEX single-hand sanders are characterised by a very high surface quality particularly when used for fine sanding. The FLEX single-hand sanders are extremely robust thanks to the dustproof bearing. A special balancing system ensures lowvibration operation – this protects joints when working. The highly precise machining of all components considerably reduces noise generation. The compact and particularly light-weight single-hand power tools with optimum ergonomics provide comfortable working conditions. Softgrip Always safe stop and good guidance of the device thanks to easy-to-use handle cap with Softgrip insert.

Single-hand operation Genuine single-hand operation thanks to conveniently placed and dust-protected On/Off switch.

Always the correct tempo Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more damaged workpieces

They are hard-wearing All single-hand sanders feature sanding plates made of a very hard-wearing special material.

High extraction power Clean workplace and good health protection thanks to integrated extractor or connection of an extractor.

Environmentally aware No environmental pollution due to damaged filter bags. Protection by cassette made of impact-resistant plastic.

183


Surface finishing sanding Palm, delta and random orbit sanders

FLEX single-hand sanders

Handy, low-vibration and powerful.

The FLEX single-hand sanders are characterised by their excellent handling and lightweight properties. Whether you want to sand down old paint on wood, grout, wood floors, metal surfaces or wall paints – you are always master of the situation with the FLEX single-hand sanders.

184


Surface finishing sanding Palm, delta and random orbit sanders

Fast and furious sanders.

Genuine single-hand operation

Effective integrated extraction

Corner specialist

Genuine single-hand operation possible thanks to the ergonomic design and the optimally positioned On/Off switch. The Softgrip insert also supports comfortable handling.

The integrated dust extractor ensures greater cleanliness at the workplace and provides effective protection for your health. Either with filter cassette or with connection (Ă˜ 27 mm) for extractors.

The FLEX delta sanders OD 100-2/ODE 100-2 easily access the smallest corner. Any additional manual work is therefore unnecessary.

Light-weight

Totally perfect

For the perfect surface

Even when working overhead, the singlehand sanders from FLEX are characterized by their easy handling and low weight.

The FLEX random orbit sander ORE 125-2 is the ideal solution for sanding shapes and radii.

When sanding with the ORE 125-2, the random orbit technology and the disc brake produce an optimum surface quality.

185


Surface finishing sanding Overview of power tools

OSE 80-2

ODE 100-2

Palm sander with speed control

Delta sander with speed control

• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more damaged workpieces • Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert ensures a secure grip and good guidance • Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user • Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper. The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette case • Possible to connect external dust extraction • Long service life backing plate made of special tough material • Especially for sanding small surfaces and edges • Especially suitable for overhead work

• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more damaged workpieces • Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert ensures a secure grip and good guidance • Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user • Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper. The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette case • Possible to connect external dust extraction • Long service life backing plate made of special tough material • Especially for sanding on corners and edges • Especially suitable for overhead work

SPECIFICATIONS Power input No load speed Orbit rate, no load Orbit Backing plate Sanding media fixing Dust extraction connection Weight

Type OSE 80-2 OSE 80-2 Set

! Accessories from page 192 186

SPECIFICATIONS 200 watt

Standard equipment OSE 80-2: 16000 - 26000 opm 1 velcro backing plate, 80x130 8F 2,0 mm 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag 8000 - 13000 rpm

80 x 130 mm hook and loop Standard equipment Ø 27 mm OSE 80-2 Set: 1,2 kg 1 velcro backing plate, 80x130 8F 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag Sanding paper SELECTFLEX Order no. 25x P 80, 25x P 120 379.034 Carry case 379.158 Case insert

Power input No load speed Orbit rate, no load Orbit

200 watt

Standard equipment ODE 100-2: 16000 - 26000 opm 1 velcro backing plate 2,0 mm 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag 8000 - 13000 rpm

Backing plate

100 x 150 mm

Sanding media fixing

hook and loop Standard equipment Ø 27 mm ODE 100-2 Set: 1,2 kg 1 velcro backing plate 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag Sanding paper SELECTFLEX Order no. 25x P 80, 25x P 120 379.050 Carry case 379.085 Case insert

Dust extraction connection Weight

Type ODE 100-2 ODE 100-2 Set

! Accessories from page 193


Surface finishing sanding Overview of power tools

ORE 125-2

Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE

Random-orbit sander with speed control

Palm sander with speed control in set

• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more damaged workpieces • Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert ensures a secure grip and good guidance • Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user • Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper. The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette case • Possible to connect external dust extraction • Long service life backing plate made of special tough material • Equipped with disc brake, as a result no unwanted sanding marks are produced on the workpiece and expensive corrective finishing is not required • Especially for working round shapes • Especially suitable for overhead work

• Description see OSE, ODE, ORE

SPECIFICATIONS Power input No load speed Orbit rate, no load Orbit Backing pad Sanding media fixing Dust extraction connection Weight

Type

200 watt Standard equipment 8000 - 13000 rpm ORE 125-2: 16000 - 26000 opm 1 velcro backing pad 2,0 mm 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag

Ø 27 mm 1,2 kg

Order no.

ORE 125-2

379.069

ORE 125-2 Set

379.077

! Accessories from page 191

200 watt

Power input

8000 - 13000 rpm

No load speed

16000 - 26000 opm

Orbit rate, no load

Ø 125 mm hook and loop

SPECIFICATIONS

Standard equipment ORE 125-2 Set: 1 velcro backing pad 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag Sanding paper SELECTFLEX 25x P 80, 25x P 120 Carry case Case insert

2,0 mm

Orbit Backing plate

80x130, 100x150, Ø125

Sanding media fixing Dust extraction connection

Type Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE

hook and loop Ø 27 mm

Order no. 398.373

Standard equipment Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE: 3 velcro backing plates 3 filter cassettes + 3 filter bags Sanding paper SELECTFLEX 75x P 80, 75x P 120 1 carry case TK-L BoB-2 Case insert

! Accessories from page 191 187


Surface finishing sanding Overview of power tools

LL 1107 VEA

X 1107 VE

Flounder 710 watt flat-head sander

710 watt random-orbit sander with dust extraction

• VE electronic control: with infinately adjustable speed control • Ideally suited to confined spaces from 15 mm gap width, e.g. window shutters, that are inaccessible with conventional grinders • Handy, lightweight design • Special accessory: metal carrying case (order no. 303.224)

• VE electronic control: with infinately adjustable speed control • Rugged, highly efficient motor • Vacuum fitting: for connecting to vacuum cleaner, diameter 28 mm • Suitable for coarse and fine sanding of wood and grinding painted metal surfaces and car body work • Counterweight ensures low-vibration operation • Plastic grip guard allows extremely sensitive guiding • 150mm, 6-hole hook and loop grinding pad for low-dust extraction

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS

Power input

710 watt

Power input

710 watt

Power output

420 watt

Power output

420 watt

Orbit

No load speed

700-2300 rpm

Max. disc diameter Sanding head level Weight

Type LL 1107 VEA

! Accessories page 189 188

115 mm Standard equipment: 13 mm 1 side handle 2,7 kg Sand paper P 50, 115 Ø Sand paper P 80, 115 Ø Sand paper P 120, 115 Ø Order no. 1 velcro velours with foam coating 289.434 80 mm Ø

Orbit rate, no load Max. disc diameter Sanding media fixing Weight

Type X 1107 VE

! Accessories page 189

8,8 mm 4300-13000 opm 150 mm hook and loop 2,7 kg

Order no. 218.669

Standard equipment: 1 side handle Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 40, 150 Ø Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 80, 150 Ø Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 120, 150 Ø Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 180, 150 Ø Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 320, 150 Ø 1 open-ended wrench SW 14 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 grip cover 1 velcro pad (hard) 150 Ø


Surface finishing sanding Accessories

Accessories X 1107 VE

Accessories LL 1107 VEA

Velcro backing pad

Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX

With 6 perforations.

Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

150 Ø

1

228.176

D115 Pu-P24 VE25

115 Ø

P 24

25

381.195

D115 Pu-P40 VE50

115 Ø

P 40

50

381.209

D115 Pu-P60 VE50

115 Ø

P 60

50

381.217

D115 Pu-P80 VE50

115 Ø

P 80

50

381.225

D115 Pu-P100 V50

115 Ø

P 100 50

381.233

D115 Pu-P120 VE50

115 Ø

P 120 50

381.241

D115 Pu-P150 VE50

115 Ø

P 150 50

381.268

D115 Pu-P180 VE50

115 Ø

P 180 50

381.276

150 Ø

hard soft

1

228.184

Velcro sanding paper With 6 perforations. Main application: wood. Other applications: steel, stainless steel, plastic, paint/varnish/fillers.

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

150 Ø

P 40

10

302.988

150 Ø

P 80

10

302.996

150 Ø

P 120

10

303.003

150 Ø

P 180

10

303.011

150 Ø

P 320

10

303.038

Velcro velours With foam coating. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

80 Ø

1

296.155

Small metal carrying case For all angle grinders with disc Ø up to 125 mm. QP

Order number

1

303.224

189


Surface finishing sanding Accessories

Accessories SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 Paint-Set

Velcro backing pad Set for processing painted surfaces for the SUPRAFLEX. Consisting of 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert accessories TKE 4xD130/1x135x295, 10 sheets of velcro sandpaper ZIRCOFLEX, grit sizes A 40, A 60, A 80, 10 sheets of velcro sandpaper SELECTFLEX P 120, P 180, 1 sheet of velcro sandpaper MESHFLEX A 100, A 280.

With 8-hole system for optimum dust extraction for all FLEX velcro sanding tools Ø 125 mm. The 3 mm cellular rubber damping reduces the shearing forces between support pad and sanding tool. Thanks to long velcro hooks, there is greater temperature resistance at a high load. Designation

Designation

QP

Order number

P-Box SE 14-2 125

1 set 393.436

SP D125-8 H/F 125 Ø

QP

Order number

1

391.727

Dust guard with pivoting edge segment

Inox-Set

Enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction power. Tool-free height adjustment via clamping lever allows quick adjustment of the extraction hood to the tool height.

Set for processing metal surfaces for the SUPRAFLEX. Consisting of: 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert accessory TKE 4xD130/ 1x135x295, 3 sheets of velcro sandpaper CORKFLEX, grit sizes P 280, P 400, P 800, 10 sheets of velcro sandpaper CERAFLEX K 80, K 120, K 180, 1 SC fleece disc in coarse, medium, very fine, 1 hard felt pad, 1 soft felt pad, 1 clamping flange CF SE 14-2, 1 clamping nut. Designation

QP

Order number

I-Box SE 14-2 125

1 set 393.428

Stone processing set for the SUPRAFLEX. Consisting of: 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert accessory TKE 4xD130/ 1x135x295, 1 diamond grinding pad, grit sizes 50, 100, 400, 800, 3000, 1 hard felt pad, 1 soft felt pad. Designation

QP

Order number

S-Box SE 14-2 125

1 set 393.444

Diamond grinding pad For use with velcro grinding disc 125 Ø. Grinding pads for dry grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas. Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures, steps. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

DP 50 DRY D125

125 Ø

50

1

382.817

DP 100 DRY D125

125 Ø

100

1

382.825

DP 200 DRY D125

125 Ø

200

1

382.833

DP 400 DRY D125

125 Ø

400

1

382.841

DP 800 DRY D125

125 Ø

800

1

382.868

DP 1500 DRY D125

125 Ø

1500

1

382.876

DP 3000 DRY D125

125 Ø

3000

1

382.884

10000 1

382.965

DP 10000 DRY D125 125 Ø

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SG D125 SE

125 Ø

1

393.363

Brush ring Brush ring for dust extraction hood - contains two segment parts.

Stone-Set

190

Dimensions in mm

Designation

QP

Order number

BK-H SE 14-2 125

1

394.076

Adapter Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C D32 AS

1

393.398

Antistatic suction hose Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. Designation

QP

Order number

SH-C 32x4m AS

1

354.953

Carrying case box-on-box system The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded up to 90 kg. Without insert.

Designation

Size ( W x L x H)

QP

Order number

TK-L BoB-1

464 x 335 x 142

1

392.634

TK-L BoB-2

464 x 335 x 212

1

392.642


Surface finishing sanding Accessories

Accessories SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125, ORE 125-2 Case insert

Velcro sandingpaper ZIRCOFLEX Suitable accessories insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-1 392.634. Designation

QP

Order number

TKE 4x D130/1x 135x295

1

392.243

Ideally suited for high removal rates and high load on wood and metal substrates. The support fabric is extremely tearresistant and is characterised by high cost-effectiveness. Can be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.

Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2 392.642. For the SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125.

D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 125 Ø

A 40 25

393.185

D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 125 Ø

A 60 25

393.193

Designation

QP

Order number

D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 125 Ø

A 80 25

393.207

TKE SE 14-2 125

1

392.235

Velcro sandingpaper CERAFLEX Ideal for sanding stainless steel surfaces and grinding weld seams. The support fabric is extremely tear-resistant. Low heat generation and longer service life ensure high cost-effectiveness. Can be used with Velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.

Side handgrip Side handle, thread M 8. Designation

QP

Order number

SE 14-2 125 M8

1

391.581

Clamping flange For use with flap sanding discs Ø 125 mm.

Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

D125 CE-K80 VE50

125 Ø

50

393.215

D125 CE-K120 VE50 125 Ø

K 80

K 120 50

393.223

D125 CE-K180 VE50 125 Ø

K 180 50

393.231

Velcro sandingpaper CORKFLEX

Designation

QP

Order number

CF SE 14-2

1

393.371

QP

Order number

Designation

1

100.080

D125 CO-P280 VE15 125 Ø

P 280 15

393.258

D125 CO-P400 VE15 125 Ø

P 400 15

393.266

D125 CO-P800 VE15 125 Ø

P 800 15

393.274

Clamping nut M 14 For use with flap sanding discs Ø 125 mm.

Face pin spanner Offset special key, for loosening velcro sanding pad and clamping nut. QP

Order number

1

392.537

Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 long For changing the backing pads. QP

Order number

1

392.731

Hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 For re-adjusting the clamping screw on the extraction hood. QP

Order number

1

102.229

Ideal for deep cleaning the surface, the cork accessory provides a greater gloss and better haptics. Fine sanding tool with coarse structure and stable fabric base. Reduces heat generation on the surface and 3 times longer service life than comparable sanding tools. Can be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm. Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

Natural fibre felt pad Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils for sealing and care). Designation

Type

Dimensions QP in mm

Order number

FP D125 H VE5

hard

125 Ø

5

393.347

FP D125 S VE5

soft

125 Ø

5

393.355

SC-Fleece velcro backed disc For removing minor damage, scratches, tarnish, flash rust, scale and dirt. Removing tarnish at welds without heat distortion at thin plates. For grinding, cleaning and finishing stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous metals and plastics.

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

coarse

10

358.614

125 Ø

medium 10

358.622

125 Ø

very fine 10

358.630

191


Surface finishing sanding Accessories

Accessories OS 80-2/OSE 80-2 Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX

Velcro backing pad

Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation, especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.

Standard backing plate made of tough special material with extraction perforation (8x). Distance between centres of series of holes 54 mm. Extraction perforation FLEX and Festool.

Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

D125 Se-P40/50

125 Ø

P 40

50

380.520

SP 80x130-8F

80 x 130

1

379.344

D125 Se-P60/50

125 Ø

P 60

50

380.539

D125 Se-P80/50

125 Ø

P 80

50

380.547

D125 Se-P100/50

125 Ø

P 100 50

380.555

D125 Se-P120/50

125 Ø

P 120 50

380.563

D125 Se-P150/50

125 Ø

P 150 50

380.571

D125 Se-P180/50

125 Ø

P 180 50

380.598

D125 Se-P220/50

125 Ø

P 220 50

380.601

D125 Se-P320/50

125 Ø

P 320 50

380.628

D125 Se-P400/50

125 Ø

P 400 50

380.636

Backing plate made of tough special material with extraction perforation (8x). Distance between centres of series of holes 42 mm. Extraction perforation Rupes and 3M. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SP 80x130-8R

80 x 130

1

379.352

Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation, especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.

Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX Ideally suited to working wood and metal.

Designation Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Designation

Order number

80x133 Se-P40/50

80 x 133

P 40

50

380.741

D125 Pu-P40/50

125 Ø

P 40

50

380.644

80x133 Se-P60/50

80 x 133

P 60

50

380.768

D125 Pu-P60/50

125 Ø

P 60

50

380.652

80x133 Se-P80/50

80 x 133

P 80

50

380.776

D125 Pu-P80/50

125 Ø

P 80

50

380.660

80x133 Se-P100/50 80 x 133

P 100 50

380.784

D125 Pu-P100/50

125 Ø

P 100 50

380.679

80x133 Se-P120/50 80 x 133

P 120 50

380.792

D125 Pu-P120/50

125 Ø

P 120 50

380.687

80x133 Se-P150/50 80 x 133

P 150 50

380.806

D125 Pu-P150/50

125Ø

P 150 50

380.695

80x133 Se-P180/50 80 x 133

P 180 50

380.814

D125 Pu-P180/50

125 Ø

P 180 50

380.709

80x133 Se-P220/50 80 x 133

P 220 50

380.822

80x133 Se-P320/50 80 x 133

P 320 50

380.830

80x133 Se-P400/50 80 x 133

P 400 50

380.849

Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing on all materials. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

D125 Me-100/5

125 Ø

A 100 5

380.717

D125 Me-280/5

125 Ø

A 280 5

D125 Me-1500/5

125 Ø

S 1500 5

Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

380.725

80x133 Pu-P40/50

80 x 133

P 40

50

380.857

380.733

80x133 Pu-P60/50

80 x 133

P 60

50

380.865

80x133 Pu-P80/50

80 x 133

P 80

50

380.873

80x133 Pu-P100/50 80 x 133

P 100 50

380.881

80x133 Pu-P120/50 80 x 133

P 120 50

380.903

80x133 Pu-P150/50 80 x 133

P 150 50

380.911

80x133 Pu-P180/50 80 x 133

P 180 50

380.938

Accessories ORE 125-2 Velcro backing pad Backing pad made of tough special material with extraction perforation (8x). Pitch circle Ø 90 mm.

192

Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SP D125-8

125 Ø

1

379.379

Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing on all materials. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

80x133 Me-100/5

80 x 133

A 100 5

380.946

80x133 Me-280/5

80 x 133

A 280 5

380.954

80x133 Me-1500/5 80 x 133

S 1500 5

380.962


Surface finishing sanding Accessories

Accessories OD 100-2/ODE 100-2 Velcro backing pad Delta

Antistatic suction hose

Delta backing plate made of tough special material with extraction perforation.

Antistatic suction hose Ø 27 mm x 4 m with connections for vacuum cleaner and power tool with rotary coupling.

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SP 100x150-7

100 x 150

1

379.360

SH 27x4m AS

27 Ø x 4m

1

379.395

Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX

Adapter

Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation, especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.

Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

100x150 Se-P40/50

100 x 150

P 40

50

380.970

100x150 Se-P60/50

100 x 150

P 60

50

380.989

100x150 Se-P80/50

100 x 150

P 80

50

380.997

100x150 Se-P100/50 100 x 150

P 100 50

381.004

100x150 Se-P120/50 100 x 150

P 120 50

381.012

100x150 Se-P150/50 100 x 150

P 150 50

381.020

100x150 Se-P180/50 100 x 150

P 180 50

381.039

100x150 Se-P220/50 100 x 150

P 220 50

381.047

100x150 Se-P320/50 100 x 150

P 320 50

381.055

100x150 Se-P400/50 100 x 150

P 400 50

381.063

Antistatic sleeve Ø 27 mm, suitable for suction hose 379.395. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD 27 AS

1

382.736

Carry case Without insert. For the machines L 3709, LE 9-10 125, L 10-10 125 select insert no. 378.305. For the machines OS/OSE 80-2, OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2 select insert no. 379.387. Designation

Size ( W x L x H)

QP

Order number

TK-L 360x228x135

360 x 228 x 135

1

376.094

Case insert

Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX

Suitable insert for carry case 376.094. For OS/OSE 80-2, OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2.

Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

100x150 Pu-P40/50

100 x 150

P 40

50

381.071

100x150 Pu-P60/50

100 x 150

P 60

50

381.098

100x150 Pu-P80/50

100 x 150

P 80

50

381.101

100x150 Pu-P100/50 100 x 150

P 100 50

381.128

100x150 Pu-P120/50 100 x 150

P 120 50

381.136

100x150 Pu-P150/50 100 x 150

P 150 50

381.144

100x150 Pu-P180/50 100 x 150

P 180 50

381.152

Designation

QP

Order number

TKE OSE/ODE/ORE

1

379.387

Carrying case box-on-box system The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded up to 90 kg. Without insert.

Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing on all materials. Designation

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

Order number

100x150 Me-100/5 100 x 150

A 100 5

381.160

100x150 Me-280/5 100 x 150

A 280 5

381.179

100x150 Me-1500/5 100 x 150

S 1500 5

381.187

Designation

Size ( W x L x H)

QP

Order number

TK-L BoB-2

464 x 335 x 212

1

392.642

Case insert Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2 392.642 for the Triple Set OSE, ODE, ORE and accessories.

Additional accessories

Designation

QP

Order number

Paper filter bags

TKE OSE+ODE+ORE Triple

1

398.381

Filter bags made of tear-resistant paper for OSE/ODE/ORE. Designation

QP

Order number

FT-OSE/ODE/ORE

5

379.336

193


Safety vacuum cleaner

FLEX safety vacuum cleaner. For your good health! The filter system of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners intercept all dust and even health-harmful substances. This provides even more safety during dry and wet operation. And before the filter becomes clogged, it is automatically cleaned without interrupting the work process. The suction power remains constant, and there is no down time for filter cleaning!

The 13 best advantages of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners. 1. Integrated flat-fold filter* Is extremely flat and, different from cartridge filters, does not protrude into the container. Thus the container can be used 100% and the filter remains absolutely dry even during wet vacuuming. 2. Filter cleaning Automatic, time-controlled filter cleaning of the main filter. Enables constantly high suction power and significantly longer working times in comparison with manual cleaning.*/** 3. Reinforced paper bags Extra rip-proof and safe even with sharp-edged and abrasive objects. 4. Deposit tray and holders Keep hoses and accessories tidy. 5. Bayonet connector* The suction hose connection rotates and is fastened by bayonet: no twisting, no accidental loosening of the suction hose during operation. 6. Drive motor with bypass ventilator Vacuum air and motor cooling air blow separately in two channels. Dirty vacuum air is not fed through the motor. This protects the motor and increases the vacuum performance. 7. Power take off To connect power tools. Starts and stops the safety vacuum as the machine is switched

on and off. With 15-second automatic after-running.* 8. Housing The impact-resistant, recyclable plastic housing is tough, light, easy to clean, and corrosion-free. 9. Smooth-running carriage Two large wheels and two double-castoring rollers with locking brakes. 10. Sound insulation hood* The suction turbine is encapsulated; operating noise is greatly reduced. 11. Dust class L – Dust with OEL values > 1 mg/m3 12. Dust category M – Dust with OEL values > 0.1 mg/m3 – Mineral dusts 1) – Wood dust (also beech and oak) 13. Dust class H – Dust with OEL values < 0.1 mg/m3 – carcinogenic dust – dust containing pathogens – tested and approved for asbestos use Mineral dusts arise when construction material is worked on (grinding, cutting, drilling...). That is why M dust class equipment is prescribed for working on concrete, stone, masonry, screed and plaster, for instance. The sand component contained specially as quartz sand in these materials is responsible for this classification. 1)

* except VC 25 L MC/** except VC 35 L MC OEL=Occupational Exposure Limit


Safety vacuum cleaner

Compact class

Construction/workshop class

VC 25 L MC

VC 35 L MC

VCE 35 L AC

VCE 45 L AC

VCE 45 M AC

VCE 45 H AC

Order no.

385.468

369.799

369.780

369.802

369.810

379.093

Dust class

L

L

L

L

M

H

Power input in watts

1400

1380

1380

1380

1380

1150

Max. volume flow l/min

3600

3660

3660

3660

3660

2300

Max. vacuum Pascal

19000

23000

23000

23000

23000

22000

Container capacity in litres

25

34

34

43

43

43

Liquid capacity in litres

15

19

19

30

30

30

Weight kg

5,7

9,50

12,50

13,50

13,50

13,50

Filter cleaning

manually

manually

Suction control

Automatic switch-on/off with 15 sec. run-on

Connection for power tools

4-m suction hose 32 mm Ø

3,5 m

antistatic

antistatic

antistatic

antistatic

Complete antistatic equipment

•–

automatically automatically automatically automatically

included not included

195



Safety vacuum cleaner Compact class

VC 25 L MC. The “Small one” from FLEX has powerful suction. The FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VC 25 L MC is a handy and compact vacuum cleaner, simple to use and easy to transport. It is ideal for cleaning offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles . For this work the VC 25 L MC features an extensive range of suction tubes and nozzles. The VC 25 L MC is authorized for dust class L and is therefore ideal for all dust with OEL values > 1 mg/m³. For extraction work on smaller electric power tools, such as palm, delta and random orbit sanders, jigsaws, etc., the device is equipped with important features, such as device socket, automatic switch-on, manual filter cleaning, PET filter material, fleece filter bag and waste bag. The VC 25 L MC is also suitable for extracting liquids. The level monitor with installed float valve, stops the suction process when maximum level is reached.

Extremely high suction power The high-performance turbine provides high suction power and high underpressure. For an excellent suction result.

Clever solution To facilitate transportation, the handle of the VC 25 L MC is recessed. Suitable for suction tubes with a diameter of 36 mm.

Connection for power tools Safety vacuum cleaner and power tools (1001800 watt) work automatically with electronic remote on/off switching.

The “transporter” The “Small one” has everything at hand. Light and compact – this facilitates transportation.

Manual filter cleaning By actuating manual filter cleaning, dust deposited in the filter element is removed by a targeted blast of air.

Order must prevail Cable and hose holder for compact storage to optimise transportation.

Safe disposal Highly tear-proof fleece for trouble-free disposal of the extracted dust.

Tidy Suction nozzles can be stored conveniently in the tool depot.

Very mobile Two swivel casters see to ease of movement in the workshops and on the sites.

Everything included The safety vacuum cleaner VC 25 L MC, as a universal device, features extensive accessories for all-round cleaning work.

PET filter Easy to clean filter element made of PET with a dirt-repellent surface for dust classes L and M.

197


Flat-fold filter system with cleaning function.

Flat folded filter

Fine dust

Coarse dust

The innovative flat-fold filter system with the flat-fold filter at the top allows full use of the container volume. The flat-fold filter is automatically cleaned by a percussive pressure reversal every 15 seconds. There is no loss of suction at the end of the hose throughout the cleaning process. Downtimes for filter cleaning/changing are therefore a thing of the past. The fold-out filter cover provides easy access to the main filter element to the clean-air side, it is not necessary to remove the suction head from the dirt container.

198


Safety vacuum cleaner Construction/workshop class

Whether 35 or 45 litres. Whether manual or automatic. The FLEX safety vacuum cleaners are always convincing. The high-performance turbines of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners ensure an excellent suction performance. All safety vacuum cleaners feature an automatic filter cleaning system (except VC 25 L MC and VC 35 L MC). Targeted blasts of air remove dust deposited in the flat pleated filter. This guarantees optimum suction power without interrupting work. Filter cleaning can be switched on and off. As dust is reliably removed from the filter pores, the flat pleated filter also has a long service life. Thanks to the design principle of the flat pleated filter, the container volume is optimally used. All devices have an anti-static feature (except VC 25 L MC and VC 35 L MC). Connection for power tools Safety vacuum cleaner and power tools (100-2200 watt) work automatically with electronic remote on/off switching.

Ergonomic The ergonomic handle makes it easy to move the vacuum cleaner around.

Running smoothly Thanks to the large wheels, all FLEX safety vacuum cleaners have excellent running properties on uneven surfaces.

Practical Practical storage of suction nozzles and vacuum tubes at the back.

Simple operation To dispose of the extracted material, a slight turn of the hand opens the container.

The correct volume Class M safety vacuum cleaner: suitable for all dusts with > 0.1 mg/m³ OEL values. Airflow sensonr technology. If the suction power (airflow) falls below the madatory minimum an acoustic tone is sounded.

Tidy The suction hose can be easily wound up on the holders envisaged for this very purpose. This eases handling/transport.*

Just in case All class M, H safety vacuum cleaners are provided with a special cap lock. This stops any dust escaping when the cleaner is being moved around.

Controllable suction power Continuous control for suction power to suite the attached tool.*

Who takes the rubbish out? Convenient disposal of the extracted material either with a filter bag or disposal bag. Recommendation: working with filter bag turn off filter cleaning system. Working with disposal sack turn system on.*

Mobile Two swivel casters see to ease of movement in the workshops and on the sites.

Storage option Easy and secure stacking of tools on the vacuum cleaner top. For stacking Vario-Giraffe® and wall chaser, the special storage system is available as an accessory.*

*Specific to model

199


Safety vacuum cleaner Construction/workshop class

Safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC. The professional against toxic dust.

Fusty odour, unsatisfactory ambient temperature, black stains on walls: Everyone knows these typical stains in corners of rooms and on interior furnishings. This is an unmistakable sign of mildew infestation. Frequently the danger is “hiding” behind furniture. If the furniture is moved aside, you’ll get a big surprise. Here only the qualified technician can help. And for this case he needs a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner of class H. Mildew is actually a collective name for around 180,000 types of fungi which constantly surrounds us. It has since been scientifically proven that mildew causes a wide range of diseases, from allergies and asthma through chronic fatigue to rheumatism. Usually the human body can tolerate a natural exposure to mildew. However, this exposure increases dramatically in buildings which are infested with mildew. There is a considerable risk of illness.

Comparison between the classifications of dust-removing machines. Until 1998 Suitable for dry, harmful, (transition period until 2003) according to ZH 1/487 non-flammable dust

Applicable dust classes Suitable for dry, harmful, according to DIN EN 60335-2-69 Appendix A4 non-flammable dust

Before 01.01.2005

Use category

Max. transmittance

Since 01.01.2005

with TVA values > 1 mg/m3

At least U

≤5%

with OEL value > 1 mg/m3

with TVA values > 0,1 mg/m3

At least S

≤1%

Dust class At least L

<1%

Aluminium oxide, street dust, corundum, fibre dust, lime

< 0,1 %

Wood dust (beech, oak, hard woods), cement dust, ceramic and paint dust, chromium compounds, plastic dust, coarse copper

< 0,005 %

Carcinogenic dust (lead, nickel, cobalt, tar, copper swarf, cadmium, etc.)

< 0,005 %

Mildew, bacteria, spores, germs, formaldehyde and its compounds

< 0,005 %

Asbestos dust from nightstorage heaters, insulation or fire protection walls/ materials

At least M with OEL value ≥ 0,1 mg/m3

with TVA values

Main applications

Max. transmittance

At least G

≤ 0,5 %

H with TVA values + carcinogenic substances (§ 35 GefStoffV)

At least C

with TVA values + K1, K2 carcinogenic substances (§ 35 and § 15a GefStoffV)

with TVA values > 0.1 mg/ m3 + carcinogenic substances (§ 35 and § 15a GefStoffV) including asbestos

K1, K2 + suitability for use according to TRGS 519

≤ 0,1 %

≤ 0,05 %

with OEL value < 0,1 mg/m3 Hazardous carcinogenic substances according to GefStoffV § 11. TRGS 905 or TRGS 906 (German regulations)

Asbestos ≤ 0,005 %

according to TRGS 519

H + suitability for use according to TRGS 519*

Note: The OEL value (Occupational Exposure Limit) replaced the TVA/MAK value (Workplace Exposure Limit) in the past. TRGS 519 is obligatory for Germany.*

200

Source: Staubklassen für Industriesauger, Entstauber, etc. July 2011, www.dguv.de


Safety vacuum cleaner Construction/workshop class

H for maximum safety.

Safe disposal of dust

Perfectly coordinated

Optimum extraction for greater safety

Safe disposal of dust in the double-walled safety filter bag.

Suction power adjusted to the connected tool and hose connection Ø by stepless control.

The plaster is milled off. The resulting dirt and dust are optimally extracted with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC.

Securely packed

Everything sealed

The “problem solvers”

The accessories contaminated with toxic dust are packed and protected for transportation as specified.

When the device is transported, the intake opening is sealed with the non-detachable locking sleeve.

The FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC is particularly successful at solving problems when used with the FLEX renovation devices.

201


Safety vacuum cleaner Suction systems

FLEX Suction systems Cleaning technology

1 2 3 4

6

9

8

9

1 Antistatic suction hose SH 32x4m AS .............................. 354.953 2 Suction hose SH 32x4m ............................................... 338.508 3 Suction hose with module SH-M 32x4m........................... not available as accessory 4 Antistatic suction hose SH 27x4m AS .............................. 379.395 5 Suction hose with elbow SH 32x3,5m ............................. 385.484 6 Adapter SAD-C 32 AS ................................................... 369.861 10

7 Adapter SAD D27-32 ................................................... 385.506

11

8 Elbow K-C 32 KU AS ..................................................... 398.446 9 Elbow K 32 ME............................................................ 369.853 10 Extension tube V 36x500 AL VE2 .................................... 385.522 11 Extension tube V 36x500 ME VE2.................................... 385.514 12 Crevice nozzle CN 36x300 ............................................. 385.530 13 Upholstery nozzle PN 36x115........................................ 385.549 14 Combination floor nozzle KN 36x260 .............................. 385.565 15 Round brush RN 36x120 ............................................... 385.646 16 Brush nozzle BN 36x220 .............................................. 385.557 17 Floor nozzle CNW 36x300 ............................................. 300.659 18 Brush strip BL-CNW 36x300 VE2 ..................................... 300.675

12

13

14

15

16

17

20

21 19 18

202

22


Safety vacuum cleaner Suction systems

With FLEX Clip-System 29

1 6

2 7 30 3

5 9 31

Without FLEX Clip-System

19 Rubber strip GL-CNW 36x300 VE2 ................................... 300.683 20 Clip floor nozzle with rollers CNW 36x400 ........................ 385.573 21 Brush strip BL-CNW 36x400 VE2 ..................................... 385.581

32

22 Rubber strip GL-CNW 36x400 VE2 ................................... 385.603 23 Height-adjustable floor nozzle FN-K 36x450 .................... 385.611 24 Rubber strip GL-FN-K 36x450 ........................................ 385.638 25 Floor nozzle with rollers FN-AL 36x370 ........................... 369.896

1 33

26 Brush strip BL-FN-AL 36x370 ........................................ 374.075 27 Rubber strip GL-FN-AL 36x370 ...................................... 374.083

28

2

28 Suction hose extension SHV-C 32x0,5m .......................... 296.953 29 Extraction connection SAD-C WS/WSE** ......................... 364.460 30 Adapter SAD-C 25-32 AS .............................................. 320.188

34 3

31 Adapter SAD-CD 32 AS ................................................. 393.398 32 Adapter SAD 25-32 AS* ............................................... 259.827 33 Special adapter SAD 32 WS/WSK* .................................. 340.790 34 Adapter rotating SAD 32-32* ........................................ 328.308

35

35 Adapter SAD 32-28*.................................................... 251.847 * with internal thread 32 mm ** not directly connected to Pos. 3 4

23

25

7

5

24

26 27

203


Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class Overview of power tools

VC 25 L MC

VC 35 L MC

Safety vacuum cleaner with manual filter cleaning system, 25 L, class L

Safety vacuum cleaner with manual filter cleaning system, 35 L, class L

• Handy and compact vacuum cleaner, easy to use and easy to transport • The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • By actuating manual filter cleaning, dust deposited in the filter element is removed by a targeted blast of air. • Level monitor, no malfunctions when drawing in liquids thanks to installed float valve • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • With accessories magazine for suction nozzles and suction tubes on the back • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Suitable for increased stress when used commercially. Ideal for cleaning work in offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles. Smaller electric power tools, e.g. palm sander, delta sander, random-orbit sander, jigsaws, are primarily used for extraction work. Tools which produce fairly low amounts of dust • Features a filter bag made of highly tear-proof fleece for optimum filling. The extracted dust can be disposed of without difficulty • Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³

• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Patented filter vibration: vibration at the press of a button on the vacuum hose • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Suitable for increased stress when used commercially. Ideal for cleaning work in offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles. Smaller electric power tools, e.g. palm sander, delta sander, random-orbit sander, jigsaws, are primarily used for extraction work. Tools which produce fairly low amounts of dust • Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³

SPECIFICATIONS Power input P. max. Max. volume flow

1400 watt 3600 l/min

Max. vacuum

19000 Pa

Filter surface

3000 cm²

Container volume

25 l

Capacity liquid

15 l

Power take off

100-1800 watt

Size ( W x L x H) Weight

Type VC 25 L MC

! Accessories from page 207 204

380 x 375 x 485 mm 5,7 kg

Order no. 385.468

Standard equipment: Suction hose 32 mm Ø x 3.5 m with elbow 1 adapter Ø 27-32 mm 1 filter element class L/M 1 fleece filter bag class L 1 PP waste disposal bag 2x 0.5 m aluminium suction tube 1 crevice nozzle 1 combination floor nozzle, switchable 1 upholstery nozzle 1 round brush 1 suction pipe holder 1 accessories holder 1 cable/hose holder

SPECIFICATIONS Power input P. max. Max. volume flow Max. vacuum Filter surface Container volume Capacity liquid Power take off Size ( W x L x H) Weight

Type VC 35 L MC

! Accessories from page 207

1380 watt 3660 l/min 23000 Pa Standard equipment: 4 m suction hose 32 mm Ø with 6150 cm² 32/28 mm Ø adapter, 25-32 mm Ø 34 l universal adapter and suction hose 19 l extension 100-2200 watt 1 filter bag 505 x 380 x 580 mm 1 flat-fold filter class L/M 9,5 kg 1 elbow 2x 0,5 m metal vacuum tube 1 clip floor nozzle complete with reOrder no. placement insert (brush, rubber-lip) 369.799 1 crevice nozzle


Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class Overview of power tools

VCE 35 L AC

VCE 45 L AC

Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning system, 35 L, class L

Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning system, 45 L, class L

• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • Controllable suction power • The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave the system on • Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³

• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • Controllable suction power • The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave the system on • Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³

SPECIFICATIONS Power input P. max. Max. volume flow

SPECIFICATIONS 1380 watt

Max. vacuum

23000 Pa

Filter surface

6150 cm²

Container volume

34 l

Capacity liquid

19 l

Power take off

100-2200 watt

Size ( W x L x H) Weight

Type VCE 35 L AC VCE 35 L AC, kit cleaning set

! Accessories from page 207

Power input P. max.

3660 l/min

520 x 380 x 580 mm 12,5 kg

Order no. 369.780 375.349

Max. volume flow Standard equipment VCE 35 L AC: 4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm Ø with positive-lock connector and vac connection, incl. universal adapter antistatic 1 flat-fold filter class L/M 1 filter bag 1 PP waste disposal bag additional included VCE 35 L AC, kit cleaning set: 1 cleaning set

1380 watt 3660 l/min

Max. vacuum

23000 Pa

Filter surface

6150 cm²

Container volume

43 l

Capacity liquid

30 l

Power take off

100-2200 watt

Size ( W x L x H) Weight

Type VCE 45 L AC VCE 45 L AC, kit cleaning set

520 x 380 x 695 mm 13,5 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment VCE 45 L AC: 4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm Ø with positive-lock connector and vac connection, incl. universal adapter antistatic 1 flat-fold filter class L/M 1 filter bag 1 PP waste disposal bag

369.802

additional included VCE 45 L AC, 375.357 kit cleaning set: 1 cleaning set

! Accessories from page 207 205


Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class Overview of power tools

VCE 45 M AC

VCE 45 H AC

Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning system, 45 L, class M

Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning system, 45 L, class H

• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • Controllable suction power • The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose • Flow sensor technology monitors the volumetric flow and any dropping of the suction capacity under the prescribed minimum figure is reported by an acoustic signal • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave the system on • Class M safety vacuum cleaner, suitable for all dusts with OEL values ≥ 0.1 mg/m³. Specifically for mineral and timber dusts (also beech and oak)

• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Controllable suction power • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose • Flow sensor technology monitors the volumetric flow and any dropping of the suction capacity under the prescribed minimum figure is reported by an acoustic signal • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Safety filter bag for the safe disposal of the dust collected. Double-walled filter bag with additional PE cover, sealable • Safety vacuum cleaner class H: suitable for all dusts with OEL values < 0.1 mg/m³ with additional audit "asbestos" by TRGS 519 • Suitable for dry, non-flammable dusts that are harmful to the health and carcinogenic substances incl. asbestos • Ideal to remove mould, restore roofs and walls insulated with mineral wool and remove asbestos. Sanding dust from wooden surfaces that have been impregnated with hazardous wood preservatives and from painted surfaces with paint that contains substances such as lead, nickel, cadmium, chromium, zinc chromate, etc.

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS Power input P. max. Max. volume flow Max. vacuum Filter surface Container volume Capacity liquid Power take off Size ( W x L x H) Weight

Type VCE 45 M AC VCE 45 M AC, kit cleaning set

206

1380 watt 3660 l/min 23000 Pa

Standard equipment 6150 cm² VCE 45 M AC: 43 l 4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm 30 l Ø with positive-lock connector and 100-2200 watt vac connection, incl. universal adapter antistatic 520 x 380 x 695 mm 1 flat-fold filter class L/M 13,5 kg 1 filter bag 1 PP waste disposal bag

Order no.

369.810 additional included VCE 45 M AC, 375. 365 kit cleaning set: 1 cleaning set

Rated power P Power input P. max. Max. volume flow Max. vacuum Filter surface Container volume Capacity liquid Power take off Size ( W x L x H) Weight

Type VCE 45 H AC VCE 45 H AC, kit cleaning set

1000 watt 1150 watt 2300 l/min

Standard equipment 22000 Pa VCE 45 H AC: 6000 cm² 4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm 43 l Ø with positive-lock connector and 30 l vac connection, incl. universal adapter antistatic 100-2200 watt 1 safety filter bag 520 x 380 x 695 mm 1 flat folded filter class H/HEPA 14 13,5 kg 1 transport bag TS VCE 45 H Order no. 379.093 additional included VCE 45 H AC, 383. 880 kit cleaning set: 1 cleaning set


Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories

Filter bags, waste bags Fleece filter bag

Transport bag Highly tear-proof fleece for optimum filling of the filter bags and trouble-free disposal of the extracted dust. Dust class L, for VC 25 L MC.

For the transport of accessories such as hoses, nozzles... Accessories contaminated with dust harmful to the health are correctly packed and protected for transport in accordance with the regulations.

Designation

QP

Order number

Designation

QP

Order number

FS-F VC 25 L VE5

5

385.093

TS VCE 45 H

1

379.123

Fleece filter bags Filter bag with FLEX VacuFleece technology for the S 36, S 36 M, VCE 35 L AC, VC 35 L MC. Double volume capacity and significantly better suction capacity compared to paper filter bags. Highly tear resistant due to 4-layered VacuFleece material: offers protection against damage from sharp objects. Resistant to unintentional wet vacuuming or damp material. Designation

QP

Order number

FS-F VC/E 35 VE5

5

329.630

FS-F VCE 45 VE5

5

402.982

Filter elements Filter element Folded filter made of hard-wearing and washable PET. Dirt-resistant surface and long service life. Approval dust class L and M. Designation

QP

Order number

FE VC 25/PET LM

1

385.085

PES flat-fold filter

Paper-Filter bags

Filter for the L/M class. High-grade PES filter fleece for a long service life. The dirt-repellent surface improves filter material removal and the filter pores are dependably cleared of dust. Easy-to-clean, lengthy life.

Filter bag for S 47, S 47 M, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC. Designation

QP

Order number

FS-P VCE 45 VE5

5

340.758

Filter bag for S 36, S 36 M, VC 35 L MC, VCE 35 L AC. Designation

QP

Order number

FS-P VC/E 35 VE5

5

296.961

Designation

QP

Order number

FE VC/E 35/45 PES L/M

1

369.829

Flat folded filter Sturdy and ultra-strong flat-fold filter with special nanocoating. Extremely long-life filter, superb suction results, ensuring a high level of economy.

Safety filter bag Double-walled filter bag with additional protective PE cover and seal for low-dust disposal for VCE 45 H AC.

Designation

QP

Order number

Designation

QP

Order number

FE VC/E 35/45 P L/M

1

337.692

SFS VCE 45 H VE5

5

379.115 Filter for the class H/HEPA 14 made of special material with a permeability of < 0.005%.

Disposal bag Sealable waste bag made of PP, ideal for coarse dirt. Designation

QP

Order number

ES-PP VC 25 VE5

5

385.107

Designation

QP

Order number

FE VCE 45 H HEPA 14

1

379.107

For S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC.

Designation

QP

Order number

ES-PP VC/E 35/45 VE10

10

340.766

207


Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories

Suction hoses

Clip adapter

Antistatic suction hose

Adapter

Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. Designation

QP

Order number

SH-C 32x4m AS

1

354.953

Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C D32

1

369.861

Clip adapter

Antistatic suction hose Antistatic suction hose Ø 27 mm x 4 m with connections for vacuum cleaner and power tool with rotary coupling.

For connecting a FLEX power tool to extraction units from other manufacturers. Suitable for hoses inside Ø 27 mm, outside Ø 36 mm.

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

Designation

SH 27x4m AS

27 Ø x 4m

1

379.395

Adapter Clip D36/27 42/37

Suction hose

Diameter in mm

QP

Order number

1

380.377

Adapter Suction hose Ø 32 mm x 3.5 m with elbow. Designation

QP

Order number

SH 32x3,5m

1

385.484

Suction hose, 32 mm internal Ø, 4.0 m long, incl. coupling bush for vacuum cleaner and special adapter with metal ring. For Giraffe ® and Okapi. Designation

QP

Order number

SH 32x4m WS 702

1

341.355

32 mm inner Ø, 4 m with bayonet device connection and snap connection. QP

Order number

1

299.782

32 mm internal Ø, with snap coupling, 4.0 m long, temperature resistant to 70 °C, incl. coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, 32/28 mm adapter and universal adapter for S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC. Designation

QP

Order number

SH 32x4m

1

338.508

Universal adapter antistatic, for universal connection of machines with 25-32 mm Ø extraction connection with 32 mm suction hose (297.011, 354.953, 338.508), for adapter with snap connection, can be trimmed to 3 different diameters. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C D25-32 AS

1

320.188

Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C D32 AS

1

393.398

Extraction connection Suitable for vacuum hose with FLEX clip-system. Antistatic equipment. For WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-C WS/WSE

1

364.460

Filter-free switching module Filter-free switching module for activation of manual filter cleaning for the VC 35 L MC.

Suction hose extension Suction hose extension with click connection to connect with inside thread adapter i.e. SAD D32, SAD D25-32 AS etc. Designation

QP

Order number

SHV-C 32x0,5m

1

296.953

Suction hose snap coupling repair kit Coupling bush for suction hose with snap coupling, 3-part. Also suited for antistatic suction hose (electrically conductive).

208

Adapter for connecting suction hose (297.011, 354.953, 338.508) with snap coupling and metal elbow.

QP

Order number

1

296.988

Designation

QP

Order number

Filter switching module C-32

1

298.255


Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories

Adapter, screwable

Other accessories

Rotating vacuum adapter

Adapter

The connector rotates and connects the 32 mm diameter suction hose with its intake fitting. Also suitable for the antistatic suction hose (electrically conductive). Designation

QP

Order number

SAD-32 VC/VCE AS

1

340.804

Connecting sleeve for electric power tools. Diameter 27 to 32 mm, for vacuum hose 385.484. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD D27-32

1

385.506

Antistatic sleeve Ø 27 mm, suitable for suction hose 379.395.

Coupling bush For connecting two FLEX vacuum hoses, without connection, inside thread 32 mm. QP

Order number

1

296.996

Designation

QP

Order number

SAD 27 AS

1

382.736

Drill dust adapter The drill dust extractor is connected to the suction hose of the FLEX vacuum cleaners or to different adapters so that the dust is extracted directly through the drill hole. There is no dust residue. For drilling applications up to Ø 24 mm.

Adapter Adapter 32/28 mm, for connecting machines with 28 mm Ø vacuum attachment to 32 mm vacuum hose

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

Designation

QP

Order number

SAD BS D32

290 x 65

1

394.025

SAD D32-28

1

251.847

Adapter rotating Adapter 32/32 mm, for connecting a machine with 32 mm Ø vacuum cleaner outlet (e.g. renovation sander or angle grinder with cutting guard) with 32 mm vacuum hose. Designation

QP

Order number

SAD D32-32 R

1

328.308

Cable clip For fixing power tool cable to vacuum hose, suitable for 27-36 mm external Ø. QP

Order number

1

252.188

Adapter For connection of 32 mm Ø suction hoses and suction hose extension SHV-C 32x0.5 m (296.953) to the device.

Designation

QP

Order number

SAD D32-36

1

257.169

Universal adapter with 32 mm thread inside for universal connection of machines with 25-32 mm Ø extraction connection with 32 mm suction hose (without clip attachment), adapter can be trimmed to 3 different diameters. QP

Order number

1

259.827

Special adapter Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m). Designation

QP

Order number

SAD D32 WS/WSK

1

340.790

209


Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories

Cleaning set, elbow

Nozzles

Cleaning set

Brush nozzle Oval brush nozzle with brush edge for cleaning sensitive surfaces, with pivoted connection. Diameter 36 mm, length 220 mm.

Consisting of elbow AS with clip attachment for connecting suction hose and vacuum tube (398.446), 2 x metal vacuum tube 0.5 m, chrome-plated (385.514), crevice nozzle (385.530) and clip floor nozzle with replacement insert for floor cleaning with brush insert for dry cleaning and rubber-lip insert for wet cleaning (300.659). QP

Order number

1 set 369.845

Designation

QP

Order number

BN 36x220

1

385.557

Round brush Round brush nozzle with brush edge for cleaning sensitive surfaces. Diameter 36 mm, length 120 mm.

Elbow Chrome-plates metal elbow for connecting the vacuum tubes. Only to be used with adapter plus clip attachment. Designation

QP

Order number

K 32 ME

1

369.853

QP

Order number

K-C 32 KU AS

1

398.446

QP

Order number

RN 36x120

1

385.646

Upholstery nozzle Upholstery nozzle with thread catcher, diameter 36 mm, width 115 mm.

For connection of suction hose with snap connection and suction tube. Designation

Designation

Designation

QP

Order number

PN 36x115

1

385.549

Crevice nozzle

Extension tube

Crevice nozzle diameter 36 mm, length 300 mm.

Extension tubes made of aluminium, diameter 32 mm, length 500 mm. Designation

QP

Order number

V 36x500 AL VE2

2

385.522

Extension tubes made of steel, chrome-plated, diameter 32 mm, length 500 mm. Designation

QP

Order number

V 36x500 ME VE2

2

385.514

Designation

QP

Order number

CN 36x300

1

385.530

Combination floor nozzle Switchable combination floor nozzle for cleaning carpeted floors and hard floors. Diameter 36 mm, width 260 mm. Designation

QP

Order number

KN 36x260

1

385.565

Floor nozzle Floor nozzle, complete with carpet and combination insert.

210

Designation

QP

Order number

CNW 36x300

1

300.659


Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories

Rubber strip

Brush strip Combination insert for use with the floor nozzle 300.659. Designation

QP

Order number

GL-CNW 36x300 VE2

2

300.683

Brush strip

Brush strips (replacement requirement) for the clip floor nozzle CNW 36x400. Designation

QP

Order number

BL-CNW 36x400 VE2

2

385.581

Rubber strip

Carpet insert for use with the floor nozzle 300.659. Designation

QP

Order number

BL-CNW 36x300 VE2

2

300.675

Floor nozzle with rollers Aluminium floor nozzle with height-adjustable castors and replacement insert. Inserts: brush insert for dry cleaning and rubber lips for wet cleaning. 370 mm width. Designation

QP

Order number

FN-AL 36x370

1

369.896

Brush strip

Rubber lips (replacement requirement) for clip floor nozzle CNW 36x400. Designation

QP

Order number

GL-CNW 36x400 VE2

2

385.603

Height-adjustable floor nozzle Height-adjustable floor nozzle with rollers and rubber lips. Can be used for wet and dry cleaning. Diameter 36 mm, width 400 mm. Designation

QP

Order number

FN-K 36x450

1

385.611

Rubber strip

Brush insert for aluminium floor nozzle Designation

QP

Order number

BL-FN-AL 36x370 VE2

2

374.075

Rubber lips (replacement requirement) for floor nozzle FN-K 36x450. Designation

QP

Order number

GL-FN-K 36x450 VE2

2

385.638

Rubber strip

Accessories

Rubber lip insert for aluminium floor nozzle Designation

QP

Order number

GL-FN-AL 36x370 VE2

2

374.083

Clip floor nozzle with rollers Clip floor nozzle with rollers and interchangeable insert. Brush insert for dry cleaning and rubber lip insert for wet cleaning. Diameter 36 mm, width 400 mm. Designation

QP

Order number

CNW 36x400

1

385.573

Storage system Fits on to the industrial vacuum cleaner S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC, VCE 45 H AC for resting the WST 700 VV Giraffe®, WST 1000 FV or MS 1706 FR wall chaser and vacuum hose. Designation

QP

Order number

OS-VSE 35/45

1

350.370

211


Mixers

Mixing is not always mixing. It has to be compact. It has to be robust. It has to be protected from dirt and damage. Feature a lot of torque. Be comfortable to hold. Many years of experience and intensive cooperation with the professionals in the field have flown into the FLEX mixing machine and mixing head program. The motor, the cooling, and the gears have been designed for tough, continuous operation lasting for hours. And the mixing heads made of high-quality metal feature stable weld joints, burr-free edges, and circumferential protection rings. Robust quality for professional practitioners. What is to be taken notice of? Thorough blending of the various materials commonly mixed today prevents construction damage and costly consequential charges. That is why several basic rules must be observed. 1. Viscous and heavy materials overstrains drills. Use specially constructed mixing machines, with optimised speeds and power transmission. 2. When selecting the mixer observe the direction of flow: Pulverized material from bottom to top, thin liquid materials from top to bottom or mix with parallel direction of flow. At immersion a reduced speed prevents spraying. FLEX mixing machines with accelerator trigger switches permit the gradual acceleration to the required speed. Air pockets are minimised by the complete immersion of the mixing head. 3. For your safety you should wear protective goggles and possibly a dust mask. Never mix solvents with a flashpoint below 21째C. Observe the processing and safety instructions of the material or machine manufacturers.


Mixers

Spiral paddle RR2

Wall paints Emulsion paints Varnishes/glazes Paste Cement slurry Jointing mortar Glue

Helix paddle WR3R

•• • •• • • • •

Adhesive mortar Tile adhesive Sealants Adhesives Filler Grout

Helix paddle WR2

Helix paddle WR3L

Plaster paddle PR3L

•• •• ••

Finished plaster Bitumen coating

• • •• •• • • •• •• •• •• • • •

2-K artificial mortar Concrete Screed Cement plaster Lime plaster Plasterboard bonding compound Thermal insulating plaster

• • • • • •

Epoxy resin suitable •• particularly • suitable

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

• • • •

Thin-liquid to pasty, Low viscosity

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

• •• •• • • ••

• • • •

Fibrous material

Repair mortar

VORTINOX VR

Bitumen

Mortar

Beater RB

•• •• •• • •

Filler compound Thin-bed mortar

Disc paddle SR2

• •• • • •

• •

•• •• •• •• •• Pasty to tough, Medium viscosity

Tough to heavy, High viscosity

213


Mixers VORTINOX

The new mixing system. Simple but effective. The VORTINOX mixing system is identified by three circular mixing elements. These mixing elements utilize the laws of fluids. When the rings glide through the mixture, the pressure in the centre (direction of arrow 1) is increased. The exit speed (direction of arrow 2) increases and a so-called laminar flow occurs. Above and below the rings a radial low pressure forms which generates a deaerating effect in the medium. This counteracts any trapped air (air bubbles). Advantages at a glance • the mixing process is completed in less time • dynamic flow replaces mechanical force • the mixer homogenises the mixture in the container by an intrinsically dynamic flow • no air intake, no foam formation • no degassing of the mixture • no heating of the mixture • slow circumferential speeds with high intrinsic dynamics • gentle mixing • no lump formation when mixing in powdered substances, e.g. paste

VR 80x320 D10 VR 140x520 D10

214

mm 80 140

mm 320 520

mm 10 10

l/kg 0,5-5 l 3-15 l

100% stainless steel.

Smooth surfaces.

No rusting, no contamination of paints, varnishes or plaster. Prevents contaminants (rust particles) from being stirred into light/ white colours.

Especially easy and simple to clean. No tight bending radii or angular misalignments, no “dirt pockets”.

Extremely high resistance to wear, resulting in greater stability and extremely long service life. No contamination by plastic particles. The frequently used paint mixers with plastic blades leave scraped off plastic splinters in the mixture. This is especially disadvantageous for light colours.

Round spindle D 10. Held simply in the chuck of a drill or a cordless screwdriver. High true running accuracy.


Mixers Overview of power tools

MXE 900 900 watt single gear mixer • Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for high torque • The soft start accelerator switch smoothly adjusts the speed to the mixing situation and material • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches • Perfect for mixing low-quantity mixtures up to 25 kg. Thus mixer is ideal for tilers and painters

Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you! SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight

Type MXE 900 + WR2 120 MXE 900 + RR2 120

200-750 rpm 900 watt 520 watt Standard equipment M 14 MXE 900 + WR2 120: 43 mm 1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14 120 mm 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 4,7 kg Standard equipment MXE 900 + RR2 120: Order no. 1 RR2 spiral paddle 120x600 M14 387.886 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 387.894 1 open-ended wrench SW 22

! Accessories from page 222 215


Mixers Overview of power tools

MXE 1100 1080 watt single-speed mixer with speed control • Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for high torque • FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power in all speed ranges • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches • The tried-and-trusted standard mixer is ideal for users operating mainly in the low speed range

Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you!

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight

Type MXE 1100 + WR3R 120 MXE 1100 + WR2 120 MXE 1100 + SR2 120

! Accessories from page 222 216

Standard equipment 150-530 rpm MXE 1100 + WR3R 120: 1080 watt 1 helix paddle WR3R 120x600 M14 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 650 watt 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 M 14 Standard equipment 43 mm MXE 1100 + WR2 120: 140 mm 1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14 4,7 kg 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 Standard equipment MXE 1100 + SR2 120: 1 disc paddle SR2 120x600 M14 387.932 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 387.940 1 open-ended wrench SW 22

Order no. 387.924


Mixers Overview of power tools

MXE 1102 1080 watt 2-gear mixer with speed control • Large, rugged 2-gear unit with optimum ratios for powerful torque and correct speed for different materials • FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power in all speed ranges • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches • Universal mixer for practically all construction materials: the 2nd gear provides it with exceptional sustained power in the top and low speed range

Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you!

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed 1st gear No load speed 2nd gear Power input Power output Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight

Type MXE 1102 + WR3R 120 MXE 1102 + WR2 120 MXE 1102 + SR2 120

150-530 rpm Standard equipment 200-750 rpm MXE 1102 + WR3R 120: 1080 watt 1 helix paddle WR3R 120x600 M14 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 650 watt 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 M 14 Standard equipment 43 mm MXE 1102 + WR2 120: 140 mm 1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14 4,8 kg 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 Standard equipment MXE 1102 + SR2 120: 1 disc paddle SR2 120x600 M14 387.991 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 388.009 1 open-ended wrench SW 22

Order no. 387.983

! Accessories from page 222 217


Mixers Overview of power tools

MXE 1300 1260 watt single-speed mixer with speed control • Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for high torque • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power in all speed ranges • The required final rotation speed can be set via the thumb wheel on the protective cap and preselected for the mixing operation • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches

Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you! SPECIFICATIONS 150-530 rpm Standard equipment 1260 watt MXE 1300 + WR3R 140: Power output 690 watt 1 helix paddle WR3R 140x600 M14 Tool fixture M 14 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 Clamping neck Ø 43 mm Standard equipment Max. mixing paddle Ø 160 mm MXE 1300 + WR2 140: 330 x 235 x 315 mm 1 helix paddle WR2 140x600 M14 Size ( W x L x H) Weight (with mixing paddle) 5,4 kg 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 No load speed Power input

Type MXE 1300 + WR3R 140 MXE 1300 + WR2 140 MXE 1300 + SR2 140

! Accessories from page 222 218

Standard equipment 388.041 MXE 1300 + SR2 140: 1 disc paddle SR2 140x600 M14 388.068 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 388.076 1 open-ended wrench SW 22

Order no.


Mixers Overview of power tools

MXE 1302 1260 watt 2-gear mixer with speed control • Large, rugged 2-gear unit with optimum ratios for powerful torque and correct speed for different materials • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power in all speed ranges • The required final rotation speed can be set via the thumb wheel on the protective cap and preselected for the mixing operation • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches

Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you! SPECIFICATIONS No load speed 1st gear

150-530 rpm

200-750 rpm Standard equipment 1260 watt MXE 1302 + WR3R 140: Power output 690 watt 1 helix paddle WR3R 140x600 M14 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 Tool fixture M 14 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 Clamping neck Ø 43 mm Standard equipment Max. mixing paddle Ø 160 mm MXE 1302 + WR2 140: 330 x 235 x 315 mm 1 helix paddle WR2 140x600 M14 Size ( W x L x H) Weight (with mixing paddle) 5,5 kg 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 No load speed 2nd gear Power input

Type MXE 1302 + WR3R 140 MXE 1302 + WR2 140 MXE 1302 + SR2 140

Standard equipment MXE 1302 + SR2 140: 1 disc paddle SR2 140x600 M14 388.130 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 388.149 1 open-ended wrench SW 22

Order no. 388.122

! Accessories from page 222 219


Mixers Overview of power tools

R 600 VV

R 1800 VR

1300 watt mixer with speed selection

1800 watt mixer with speed selection

• VV electronic control: with constant speed control, soft start with continuous speed accelerator switch, overload protection and speed selector wheel • Mixing head adapter: M 18, with adapter M 14 • Stable safety and deposit hoop: Protects the machine from dirt and damage • Long side handgrip for fatigue-free and safety torque take-up • Spade handle with integrated switch for maximum operator convenience • Ideal for mixing paint, stiff adhesives, solvents and insulation compounds in continuous use • Rugged and long-life for heavy-duty use • This machine is also available in 110 V

• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection • Spade handle with long side handgrip for easy and safety handling and to absorb the torque • Stable safety and deposit hoop: Protects the machine from dirt and damage • Extremely powerful, rugged power tool • Ideal for mixing very stiff compounds and large quantities • Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed

SPECIFICATIONS 150-500 rpm

No load speed

200-590 rpm

Power input

1300 watt

Power input

1800 watt

Power output

850 watt

Power output

1100 watt

Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight

Type R 600 VV

! Accessories from page 222 220

M 18 63 mm 160 mm 5,4 kg Standard equipment: 1 handle (long) 1 helix paddle WR3R 160x600 M14 Order no. 1 adapter M 18 x M 14 282.359 1 open-ended wrench SW 24

Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight

Type R 1800 VR

! Accessories from page 222

M 18 63 mm 200 mm 6,1 kg Standard equipment: 1 handle (long) 1 helix paddle WR3R 160x600 M14 Order no. 1 adapter M 18 x M 14 254.474 1 open-ended wrench SW 24


Mixers Overview of power tools

RZ 600 VV 1300 watt double positive action mixer • VV electronic control: with constant speed control, soft start with continuous speed accelerator switch, overload protection and speed selector wheel • Mixing paddle adapter: 2 x 16 mm Ø with keyway • Protection frame • Spade handle with integrated switch for maximum operator convenience • Ideal for mixing stiff adhesives, insulation materials, multi-component resins, varnishes and paints in continuous heavy-duty use

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight

Type RZ 600 VV

130-400 rpm 1300 watt 850 watt 2 x 16 mm Ø 63 mm 130 mm 6,3 kg Standard equipment: 1 handle (long) 282.413 Mixing paddle I and II

Order no.

! Accessories from page 222 221


Mixers Accessories

Mixing paddles Disc paddle SR2

Spiral paddle RR2

Two discs with counter-running angled blades create a dynamic flow in the mixing container. The blades on the discs force the material being mixed in opposing directions downwards or upwards. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsion, paste, glue, jointing mortar.

Two negatively arranged spirals force the material down, preventing the liquid material from splashing. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsions, varnishes, glazes, coatings, paste, bitumen. Designation

Paddle in mm

RR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

20-40

1

368.903

Helix paddle WR2 Two clockwise helices for kneading and mixing tough to pasty materials. The mixer paddle screws itself down forcing the material upwards. Extremely versatile, can be used for: tile adhesive, grout, filler, finished plaster, adhesive mortar, filler compound, floor screed. Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

WR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø

15-25

1

368.881

WR2 140x600 M14 140 Ø

20-40

1

368.997

WR2 160x600 M14 160 Ø

20-40

1

369.004

Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

SR2 120x600 M14

120 Ø

15-25 1

368.938

SR2 140x600 M14

140 Ø

20-40 1

369.128

SR2 160x600 M14

160 Ø

30-60 1

369.136

Beater RB Round mixing arms prevent air bubbles from being mixed in. Ideal for all materials where air pockets are to be avoided: filler compounds, fillers, adhesives, sealants.

Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

RB 120x600 M14

120 Ø

10-30 1

369.152

RB 140x600 M14

140 Ø

30-60 1

369.160

Helix paddle WR3R Three clockwise helices screw themselves into the material. This provides fast, intensive mixing of even the heaviest and toughest mixtures, with little effort. Also known as a mortar or tough mixture paddle. Ideal for: mortar, concrete, plaster, screed, plasterboard bonding compound, bitumen coating. Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

WR3R 120x600 M14 120 Ø

15-25 1

368.911

WR3R 140x600 M14 140 Ø

20-40 1

369.012

WR3R 160x600 M14 160 Ø

30-60 1

369.020

Plaster paddle PR3L

Mixing paddles for drill chucks VORTINOX mixing paddle Mixing paddle made of stainless steel. No rust formation, no contamination of the mixture. During the mixing process no air intake, no foam formation, no degassing/heating of the mixture. Gentle mixing at slow circumferential speeds with high intrinsic dynamics, no lump formation. Extremely high reistance to wear and particularly easy and simple to clean. Ideal for light-coloured, covering materials, synthetic resin paints, water-based paints, copper paints, dispersion paints and 2-component paints, exterior paint, stains, glazes, paste. Round spindle D10 for clamping in the chuck. Material: V2A, alloy X5CrNi 18-10 material number 1.4301.

Three anticlockwise helices press down the mix and stop the material from splashing. Very powerful appliances and strengthened spindles are used for substantial mixing quantities. Ideal for plaster.

Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

VR 80x320 D 10

80 Ø

0,5-5 1

385.301

Designation

VR 140x520 D 10

140 Ø

3-15

385.328

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

PR3L 180x600 M14 180 Ø

40-80 1

369.039

PR3L 200x600 M14 200 Ø

60-100 1

369.047

Helix paddle WR3L Three anticlockwise helices press down the mix in the container. Any deposited pigments, solids or fibres are forced upwards and evenly mixed. The mix does not splash. Ideal for liquid and creamy mix: paints, emulsion paints, gypsum plaster, casting compounds, fibrous materials.

222

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

WR3L 120x600 M14 120 Ø

15-25 1

369.055

WR3L 140x600 M14 140 Ø

20-40 1

369.063

WR3L 160x600 M14 160 Ø

30-60 1

369.071

1

Order number

Spiral paddle RR2 Two negatively arranged spirals force the material down, preventing the liquid material from splashing. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsions, varnishes, glazes, coatings, paste, bitumen. Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

RR2 85x400 SW8

85 Ø

- 10

1

368.946

8-25

1

368.954

RR2 100x600 SW10 100 Ø Designation

QP


Mixers Accessories

Helix paddle WR2

SDS-plus M14 adapter Two clockwise helices for kneading and mixing tough to pasty materials. The mixer paddle screws itself down forcing the material upwards. Extremely versatile, can be used for: tile adhesive, grout, filler, finished plaster, adhesive mortar, filler compound, floor screed. Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

WR2 85x500 SW8

85 Ø

-10

1

368.962

WR2 100x500 SW10 100 Ø

8-20

1

368.970

WR2 120x600 SW10 120 Ø

15-25 1

368.989

Disc paddle SR2 Two discs with counter-running angled blades create a dynamic flow in the mixing container. The blades on the discs force the material being mixed in opposing directions downwards or upwards. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsion, paste, glue, jointing mortar. Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

SR2 80x400 SW8

80 Ø

-10

1

369.098

8-15

1

369.101

SR2 100x600 SW10 100 Ø

M 14 threaded mixer paddle adapter. Useable with SDS-plus hammer drill. QP

Order number

1

374.091

Extension M14 Extension for M14 mixer paddles. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

M 14i - M 14a

200

1

374.105

M 14i - M 14a

400

1

374.113

For extension of the mixer spindle and improve the ergonomics of the MXE stirrers, corrosion-resistant. Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

R-V 100 M14 M/F

100

1

390.755

Mixing with FLEX L 1202 angle grinder

Beater RB Round mixing arms prevent air bubbles from being mixed in. Ideal for all materials where air pockets are to be avoided: filler compounds, fillers, adhesives, sealants.

Designation

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

RB 120x600 SW10

120 Ø

-15

1

369.144

Mixing paddle, M 14 For larger quantities. Used with an extension rod. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

120 Ø

1

124.761

Mixing paddle, M 14 For smaller quantities. Used with an extension rod.

Adapter M 14 to M 14 adapter For connecting M14 mixing paddles to R 500 FR and R 502 FR mixing machines. QP

Order number

1

255.195

M 18 to M 14 adapter For attaching FLEX mixing paddles M 14 to FLEX R 600, R 600 VV and R 1800 VR mixers. QP

Order number

1

250.484

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

70 Ø

1

124.753

Mixing heads for RZ 600 VV Mixing paddles I and II, galvanized version Ideal for tough mixtures, adhesive, dual and multi-component resins and plastics, varnish and paint, sealing and insulation material, coating material, ready-mixed mortar, plaster, concrete adhesive, etc. Counter-active mixing: Both mixing heads mesh and blend the mixture with particular intensity. Equipment: - Supplied in pairs, adapted for the FLEX positive mixer. For insertion in the positive mixer guides. - 600 mm overall length Please note: the mixing head with one marking ring is inserted in fixture I, the mixing head with two marking rings in fixture II.

Paddle in mm

Mix in kg

QP

Order number

130 Ø

5 - 60

1

252.200

223


Laser measuring technology

FLEX laser measuring technology. Straight to the point. The introduction of these intelligent helpers has finally rendered spirit levels, plumb lines, and complicated levelling aids obsolete. Luminously intense diodes and the high projection precision of the FLEX lasers as well as auxiliary accessories such as receivers make laser points or laser lines clearly visible even under poor light conditions and at greater distances. Laser technology has revolutionised measuring and levelling in the construction industry. The tightly bundled laser beam is emitted absolutely straight and makes a precise transfer of heights, angles, and verticals in rooms possible. In building drywallconstruction and interior work, lasers have now become indispensable. Whether drywall constructors, tile layers, electricians, plumbers, kitchen installers, exhibition stand constructors, carpenters, painters, brick layers, and so forth – FLEX has the appropriate precision laser for every professional craftsman, for every measuring application, and for every construction site: From the self-levelling line laser to the fully automatic rotation laser. Application examples - Aligning wall frames, walls, windows, doors, mirror tiles, etc. - Setting heights of power outlets and light switches - Determine top edge of screed - Layout rows of tiles and floor panels - Transfer heights and points for mounting – bus bars, recessed ceiling lamps, etc. - Aligning advertising signs - Determine slants and angles - Project lines to align posters, pictures, paintings etc. - Lowering ceilings


Medium tripod

Large tripod

Laser receiver

Interior designer

Renovating

Painter, decorator

Tiler

Plasterer, stuccoworker

Screed layer

Heating, sanitation, air-conditioning

Electrician

Exhibition stand construction

Carpenter

Kitchen and shop fitting

Metalworker/metal construction

Dry construction

Interior decoration

Windows/doors

Staircase construction

Gardening and landscaping

Industrial building construction

Roofer

Construction above ground

Construction below ground

Laser measuring technology

Cross-line laser ALC 2/1

Floor layer laser ALC 2-F

360° line laser ALC 1-360

suitable ideally suited

Safety information: FLEX laser measuring devices meet all international safety standards. They comply with laser class 2 or 2M according to DIN EN 60825-1: 2001-11 (wave length 635-670 nm, < 1mW output) and are safe for eyes and skin under normal use. Nevertheless one should never look directly into the laser beam when using laser measuring devices.

225


Laser measuring technology

ALC 2/1

The handy cross-line laser Crystal clear Specially coated glasses ensure clean and high-precision laser lines.

The versatile ALC 2/1 can illuminate 180° horizontally and vertically. The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious pre-adjustment and precision adjustment unnecessary. The receiver LR 1 can double the range by means of the pulse function. Thanks to the particularly bright laser lines, you can always work precisely even in poor light conditions or over long distances. The ALC 2/1 is extremely robust thanks to its high-quality housing and its perfectly mounted laser unit and is therefore ideal for daily use on the building site.

It couldn’t be simpler One-button condition for simple selection of the functions (+ pulse button). Operating errors are therefore excluded.

Laser wall holder Magnetic 90° wall holder made of aluminium with ¼” device connection. Suitable for ALC 1-360 and 2/1.

LR 1

The practical laser receiver With a good sound Features three acoustic signals (can be switched off). Quick signal: Receiver too low. Continuous signal: On grade. Slow signal: Receiver too high.

The LR 1 has an offset notch for the simple transference of reference marks. The on-grade mark is aligned with the laser-on-grade readout and the vertical mark notch. To ensure a flawless mark, the mark is situated near the photo cell. To select the receiver precision, the LR 1 features a precision switch.

With perspective An easily legible LCD display is located on the front and back of the device. It indicates the receiver position and the settings of the receiver.

Everything in water The two points with the receiver on-grade mark for levelling rod measurements are also attached to the receiver holder.

226


Laser measuring technology

Versatile in application and easy to handle.

The head rotates

Horizontally and vertically

The ALC 2/1 can also be used with a tripod. The required ¼” device connection is on the underside of the device. When using tripods with a ⅝” connection, the adapter available as an accessory is required. The flexible tripod head of the LKS 65-170 F ¼ can be steplessly rotated, tilted and swivelled. The integrated circular level facilitates alignment.

With the ALC 2/1 you can illuminate a room horizontally and vertically. It is therefore particularly versatile.

Best reception

Let there be light!

Runs like clockwork

The receiver LR 1 can double the range from 30 metres to 60 metres by means of the pulse function of the ALC 2/1.

The exceptionally bright laser lines are still highly visible even in poor light conditions.

The specially coated glasses ensure clean and precise laser lines. Ideal for aligning tall cupboards, for example when fitting kitchens.

227


Laser measuring technology

ALC 2-F

The robust floor layer laser Crystal clear Specially coated glasses ensure clean and high-precision laser lines.

One-button condition Easy handling. Operating errors are therefore excluded.

The ALC 2-F, with its extremely robust aluminium housing, is perfect for the tough demands of the building site. The four laser lines at a 90° angle enable exact alignment in the room. You can continue working without interruption. The upstream cross hairs facilitate positioning and aligning of the laser. The exceptionally bright laser lines are still very visible even in poor light conditions. The three-point support (20 mm high) provides a firm stand and reduces soiling even in a mortar bed.

Steel ball feet Low wear and easy to clean. Considerably increases the service life of the power tool.

90° stop angle 15 mm high stop angles for direct application on e.g. floor tiles.

228


Laser measuring technology

Perfect for the tough demands of the building site.

The use of the floor layer laser ALC 2-F means that spirit levels, guide lines and expensive auxiliary constructions are now a thing of the past. The three-point support (20 mm high) provides a firm stand and reduces soiling in a mortar bed. The steel ball feet are easy to clean. The 15 mm high 90° stop angles are ideal for direct application on e.g. floor tiles.

229


Laser measuring technology

ALC 1-360

The compact 360° line laser Robust and insensitive Features a powerful laser diode, therefore not a large number of sensitive components. Technical failures are minimised considerably. The specially coated glasses ensure clean and high-precision laser lines.

Simple handling To select all functions, you require one button only (+ pulse button). Operating errors are therefore excluded.

The ALC 1-360 has a 360° horizontal laser line, no disruptive pulsing as with rotation lasers. The combination of a highquality housing and a perfectly mounted laser unit make the ALC 1-360 a robust laser for daily use on the constructions site. The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious pre-adjustment and precision adjustment unnecessary. The device can be used immediately. The receiver LR 1 can double the range by means of the pulse function. Thanks to the particularly bright laser lines, you can always work precisely even in poor light conditions or over long distances. The compact design allows a very low ceiling distance.

230

¼” connection thread for tripods An adapter is required (available as an accessory) for tripods with a ⅝” device connection.


Laser measuring technology

Almost like Dolby-Surround.

Silence itself The ALC 1-360 has a clearly visible laser line, i.e. there is no disruptive pulsing as with rotation lasers. As a result, work is enjoyable and precise.

Well balanced

Quite slim

The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious pre-adjustment and precision adjustment unnecessary. The device can be used immediately. The exceptionally bright laser lines are still highly visible even in poor light conditions.

With only a 3 cm gap from the upper edge, the ALC 1-360 allows a very low ceiling distance. Ideal when mounting ceiling substructures.

231


Laser measuring technology Overview of power tools

NEW

ALC 2/1

NEW

ALC 1-360

Self-levelling cross-hair laser

360° line laser for highest demands

• Two 180° visible laser lines which can be switched individually • Cross-laser projection • Self-levelling • Optical warning signal when self-levelling range exceeded • Self-levelling which can be switched off • Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass • Simple On-button operation • Connectable pulse function for use with receiver • ¼” thread for tripod

• A visible 360° laser line • Self-levelling • Optical warning signal when self-levelling range exceeded • Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass • Simple On-button operation • Connectable pulse function for use with receiver • ¼” thread for tripod

SPECIFICATIONS Number of lines Visible area lines Precision

1 horizontal/ 1 vertical 180° horizontal/ vertical ± 3 mm/10m

SPECIFICATIONS Number of lines Visible area lines Precision

1 horizontal 360° horizontal ± 3 mm/30m

Self-levelling range

±6°

Self-levelling range

±8°

Max. working range

30 m

Max. working range

30 m

Max. range with receiver

60 m

Max. range with receiver

60 m

Operation duration

25 h

Operation duration

35 h

Temperature range

-18° - +50 °C

Temperature range

-18° - +50 °C

Laser class Weight

Type ALC 2/1

! Accessories page 235 232

2 0,28 kg Standard equipment: Batteries 3x AA 1 wall holder magnetic WB-M 1/4-ALC Order no. 1 belt pouch BEP ALC 2/1 393.665 1 carrying case TK-S ALC 2/1

Laser class Weight

Type ALC 1-360

! Accessories page 235

2 0,45 kg

Standard equipment: Batteries 3x D Order no. 1 wall/ceiling holder WBC 1/4-ALC 393.681 1 carrying case TK-S ALC 1-360


Laser measuring technology Overview of power tools

NEW

ALC 2-F

NEW

LR 1

Floor layer laser

Laser receiver

• Two visible laser lines at 90° angle in front of and behind the device • Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass • Robust aluminium housing with integrated stop rail and three steel ball device feet

• Receiver for horizontally and vertically pulsed laser lines. Can be used with ALC 1-360 and 2/1 • Adjustable display precision • Display on front and back • Acoustic signal which can be switched off when laser received • Floor level mark (on-Grade)

SPECIFICATIONS Number of lines Visible area lines Precision Max. working range

2 at 90° angle 90° angle ± 2 mm/6 m 20 m

SPECIFICATIONS Number of lines Working range Precision

2 at 90° angle 30 - 75 m I=0,75 mm / II=1,75 mm

Operation duration

10 h

Temperature range

-10° - +50 °C

Operation duration

30 h

2

Temperature range

-20° - +60 °C

Laser class Weight

Type ALC 2-F

! Accessories page 235

1,09 kg

Standard equipment: 2 target plates red FTR-M Order no. Batteries 3x AA 393.673 1 carrying case TK-S ALC 2-F

Weight

Type LR 1

0,14 kg Standard equipment: Batteries 9V-unit 393.703 1 holder SC LR 1

Order no.

! Accessories page 235 233


Laser measuring technology Overview of power tools

NEW

LKS 100-300 5/8

NEW

LKS 65-170 F 1/4

Laser tripod

Laser tripod

• Stable elevator tripod with adjustable crank column and extractor column. With ⅝” connection and rubber feet which can be unscrewed. Very handy, when pushed together only 1.10 m with carrying strap • Work area from 1,01 to 3,00 m • Adjusting range of the clamping column 0,36 m • Adjusting range of the extraction column 0,43 m

• 1,4 kg light-weight elevator tripod made of aluminium with ¼” connection. Rotating and tilting tripod head, including carrying bag • Work area from 0,65 – 1,65 m

SPECIFICATIONS Working range Connection thread Weight

Type LKS 100-300 5/8

! Accessories page 235 234

SPECIFICATIONS 1,01 - 3,00 m ⅝” 5,7 kg Standard equipment: 1 carrying strap 398.616 1 adapter LAD 5/8 I-1/4 A

Order no.

Working range Connection thread Weight

Type LKS 65-170 F 1/4

! Accessories page 235

0,65 - 1,65 m ¼” 1,4 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 398.624 1 carrying bag


Laser measuring technology Accessories

Accessories for laser measuring technology Laser receiver holder

Belt pouch

For attachment of the laser receiver with 2 clamping jaws for fixing on levelling rules. Designation

QP

Order number

SC LR 1

1

394.017

Belt pouch for ALC 2/1. Designation

QP

Order number

BEP ALC 2/1

1

393.622

Carry case

Laser wall holder

Suitable for laser ALC 2/1 and receiver with holder. Magnetic 90° wall holder made of aluminium with ¼” device connection. Suitable for ALC 1-360 and 2/1.

Designation

QP

Order number

Designation

QP

Order number

TK-S ALC 2/1

1

393.908

WB-M 1/4-ALC

1

393.630

Wall and ceiling mount Adjustable wall and ceiling holder with additional clamping function. ¼” device connection.

Suitable for laser ALC 1/-360 and receiver with holder. Designation

QP

Order number

TK-S ALC 1-360

1

393.649

Suitable for laser ALC 2-F with additional compartment for ALC 2-1. Designation

QP

Order number

WCB 1/4-ALC

1

393.614

Designation

QP

Order number

TK-S ALC 2-F

1

393.657

Laser target plate Amplifies the projection of the red laser beam over long distances or in a bright environment. Magnetic and can be set up. Designation

QP

Order number

FTR-M

1

393.606

Laser tripod adapter ⅝” internal thread on ¼” external thread for using the laser on the elevator tripod (398.616). Designation

QP

Order number

LAD 5/8 I-1/4 A

1

398.608

235



Painted surface finishing

Tools for painted surface finishing. What a perfect finish needs is a fine touch, special machinery and the right accessories. After all, in either the garage or vehicle paint shops it is a question of getting to grips with everything at all times. The FLEX surface finishing programme provides the optimum solution - and gleaming results - for the most varied of requirements.

Painted surface finishing POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150 PE 14-1 180 Overview of power tools Professional tips Accessories

238 240 244 248 252 256

237


Painted surface finishing

FLEX. The polishing specialist. Whether it is a matter of polishing, paint care, sealing or one of scratches or holograms, we not only have the optimum machinery but can also help you in all questions to do with painted surfaces. Demands are being constantly placed on vehicle paintwork from weather and air pollution, on the one hand, and from mechanical effects, on the other. The consequences come in the form of fading and scratches. Parts of the paint surface are lacklustre and dull. The damage is particularly conspicuous on dark shades and under the sun‘s rays. Just as annoying are hologram effects. Although very small, they still leave dull, greyish traces on the paint surface – just like a film of grease. Another preliminary remark: Before you repair paint damage and defects, you should first prepare the surface as usual by sanding it with the appropriate grain size. After all activities we also recommend wiping the surface with the microfibre cloth to remove polish residue. It is also important that you know the different effects of lambswool and sponge. Although soft and fleecy lambswool (TopWool) is still regarded as particularly suitable for repolishing, it is in reality extremely aggressive. As the polishing agent is deposited intensively on and around the individual fibres, the effect of the polish is increased many times. Therefore, polishing with lambswool, in comparison with sponge, requires less time and generates less heat.

Tips and tricks: 1. Before starting, mask off any rubber parts, seals and paint-free sections. This saves you from having to undertakes troublesome cleaning at the end. 2. Use the recommended combination of machine and pad. 3. Test the polish beforehand on a small, non-visible area. 4. Start with Speed Step 1 and go up to a maximum 2300 rpm. 5. Keep checking the surface temperature with the back of your hand. It should only be warm to the touch. To much pressure and an excessive speed will result in surface damage. 6. Let the machine‘s own weight do the work. 7. Any contamination of the lambswool or sponge can have a major negative effect on the results.

8. Always use the same sponge/ lambswool for the same agent. 9. Moisten the sponge or lambswool before polishing and sealing. This eases the work for you and stops the polish or sealer from drying out to quickly. 10. As a dry polish can damage the surface, you should repeatedly moisten the surface with a sprayer. 11. You should keep the machine constantly in motion both to stop any surface damage and for an even finish. 12. On final finishing, remove any surplus polishing agents from the surface – this should be done with a clean micro-fibre cloth which is always used for just one agent. 13. Cleaning lambswool, sponge and the micro-fibre cloth after use will promote their longevity.


Painted surface finishing

Which polisher best meets my requirements? For “coated surfaces” FLEX has the ideal polishing solution for every application. 1. The soft powerhouses High torque at low speed. That is the hallmark of the gentle power packs from FLEX. Even when starting at the lower speed range you can feel the power. Powerful and cool, so you can polish even the most demanding surfaces. The very quiet operating noise is especially pleasant. Professionals have appreciated this for years with our legendary L 602 VR and our PE 14-2 150 and PE 14-1 180 will also inspire you. 2. The allrounders A wide speed range from 1100/1200/min to 3700/min is what distinguishes these small and handly allrounders from FLEX. You can choose between our classic L 1503 VR with sliding switch and grip hood and the ergonomic version PE 14-3 125 with slim grip and accelerator switch. 3. The roto random orbit With its combined rotary and random orbital motion our XC 3401 VRG simulates the movement of the human hand. The surface stays cool and the finish is perfect. Coated surfaces are not only well sealed and conserved, but can also be polished without the effect of holograms. Also the XC 3401 VRG is especially suitable for removing polishing marks and holograms. 4. The specialist The polisher L 1202 is especially suitable for applications with wood or stainless steel. This machine uses extra large buffing wheels, polishing mops and brushes.

Roto random orbit

L 602 VR

PE 14-3 125

L 1503 VR

XC 3401 VRG

L 1202

Specialist

PE 14-1 180

Allrounders

PE 14-2 150

Soft powerhouses

Power input in watts

1400

1400

1500

1400

1200

900

1600

Max. polishing pad diameter

200

250

220

160

160

160

250

No load speed

380-2100

250-1350

400-2400

1100-3700

1200-3700

160-480

1750

Weight kg

2.3

2.3

3.3

2.2

1.9

2.6

5.1

Available as a set

yes

no

yes

yes

no

yes

no

rotary

rotary

rotary

rotary

rotary

rotary orbital

rotary

Drive

239



Painted surface finishing POLISHFLEX

POLISHFLEX. Developed by professionals for professionals. The POLISHFLEX is perfectly adapted to user requirements. Motor and gear unit both operate extremely quietly. The optimum speed range of 380-2100/min and the high torque are ideally suited for processing sensitive surfaces. Thanks to the ergonomic design and low weight, even difficult areas can be easily reached and processed. The maximum polishing pad diameter is Ø 200 mm enabling horizontal and vertical surfaces to be processed quickly and comfortably.

2-speed gearbox The gear unit is combination of planetary and lapped angular gear units. Planetary gear units can transmit very high torques despite their very compact design. Extremely low noise generation, even under load.

No blowing air And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.

Can be held lower The machine has a flat gear head to keep the distance from the surface as small as possible. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position.

With a lot of feeling Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start (starting speed at setting 1 (380rpm)) and a lock-on for continuous operation.

It has grip The grip hood with SoftGrip has been ergonomically designed for optimum and precise guidance. If required, a handle can be attached to the side (included as standard equipment).

Always a turn for the better Microprocessor electronics with stepless 380-2100/min speed preselection.

Always keeps a cool head Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly efficient fan for optimum air flow. The optimized air ducting system ensures the best possible cooling of gear unit and motor.

Easy to operate The spindle lock is ideally positioned to prevent operating errors and does not interfere with the grip area.

241


Painted surface finishing POLISHFLEX

POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150

Has acquired an excellent reputation.

What have the RUF CTR3 super sports car and the new POLISHFLEX in common? Both have been developed to achieve absolute best values in the areas of drive, gear unit, motor output and durability but with the difference that one of them must perform quickly on the asphalt and the other very “gently” on the surface. In addition to its internal values, the new POLISHFLEX also has a slim and “sportslike” design allowing it to be reliably “steered” even into the most difficult places.

242


Painted surface finishing POLISHFLEX

Small, black, powerful

Especially handy

Perfectly balanced

Can be held lower

The flat gear head with SoftGrip ensures that you have a secure footing and superb handling. The POLISHFLEX can therefore always be controlled safely and comfortably.

The POLISHFLEX runs very quietly. The noise has been optimized to such an extent that it is hardly noticeable even under load.

Thanks to its flat design and optimized weight, the PE 14-2 150 can be guided safely even in difficult places.

Always on target

Just in case

With a lot of feeling

FLEX microfibre cloths remove residue reliably and extremely gently. TIP: After each application excess polish should be removed from the surface.

The maximum polishing pad diameter is Ø 200 mm, enabling horizontal and vertical surfaces to be processed quickly and reliably.

Thanks to the microprocessor electronics with stepless speed selection of 380–2100 rpm, even sensitive materials, such as carbon, can be processed gently.

243



Painted surface finishing PE 14-1 180

PE 14-1 180. The large-scale professional. The PE 14-1 180 is a further addition to the “gentle power packs”. The polisher PE 14-1 180 was developed from the well known POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150, however with a new gear reduction with a speed range of 250–1350 rpm. The high torque at low speed is already the special feature of the PE 14-1 180. Even when started at a lower speed range, you can feel the force and power.

2-speed gearbox The gear unit is combination of planetary and lapped angular gear units. Planetary gear units can transmit very high torques despite their very compact design. Extremely low noise generation, even under load.

No blowing air And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.

Can be held lower The machine has a flat gear head to keep the distance from the surface as small as possible. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position.

With a lot of feeling Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start (starting speed at setting 1 (250 rpm)) and a lock-on for continuous operation.

It has grip The grip hood with SoftGrip has been ergonomically designed for optimum and precise guidance. If required, a handle can be attached to the side (included as standard equipment).

Always a turn for the better Microprocessor electronics with stepless 250-1350/min speed preselection.

Always keeps a cool head Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly efficient fan for optimum air flow. The optimized air ducting system ensures the best possible cooling of gear unit and motor.

Easy to operate The spindle lock is ideally positioned to prevent operating errors and does not interfere with the grip area.

245


Painted surface finishing PE 14-1 180

The large-scale master.

Polishing with the PE 14-1 180. As if you were on holiday.

The PE 14-1 180 is characterised in particular by its enormous torque and the extremely low noise generation. High load capacity thanks to optimised cooling – above all at the lower speed range. The accelerator switch enables polishing to be started gently and slowly.

Over the horizon

Always stay cool!

Working flat out

The maximum polishing pad diameter is Ø 250 mm, enabling horizontal and vertical surfaces to be processed quickly and reliably.

Problem surfaces, which e.g. are sensitive to heat, can be worked optimally even at the lowest speed thanks to the high torque.

The small gap between the surface and the flat gear head is reassuring especially in sensitive and difficult areas.

246


Painted surface finishing PE 14-1 180

A real high-flyer.

Everybody gets a lift with the power of the PE 14-1 180.

Especially when working on aeroplanes, the low weight and perfect handling enables you to polish large vertical and horizontal areas comfortably and effortlessly using polishing bodies up to Ø 250 mm.

Ultra light-weight

Small but really fine

A neat job

Thanks to its ergonomic design and the low weight, difficult areas can be easily reached and worked in almost all locations.

Light-weight, handy and very quiet. These are the advantages of the PE 14-1 180 when it involves working large areas.

With a weight of only 2.3 kg, the PE 14-1 180 is one of the lightest polishers in its class. Even large vertical areas are child’s play.

247


Polishers Overview of power tools

NEW

PE 14-2 150

PE 14-1 180

POLISHFLEX, variable-speed polisher with a high torque

Polisher with high torque for processing large painted surfaces

• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for optimum cooling • Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start, starting speed at setting 1 (380rpm) and a lock-on for continuous operation • Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No annoying exhaust air for the user • Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces noise to an absolute minimum • Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position. • Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure to hold. • Spindle lock: It is ideally positioned to prevent operating error and does not interfere with the grip area. • With rubberised resting bar for safe setting down • 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts and abrasions

• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for optimum cooling • Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start, starting speed at setting 1 (250 rpm) and a lock-on for continuous operation • Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No annoying exhaust air for the user • Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces noise to an absolute minimum • Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position. • Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure to hold. • Spindle lock: It is ideally positioned to prevent operating error and does not interfere with the grip area. • With rubberised resting bar for safe setting down • Especially for processing large horizontal and vertical areas. For the automotive, maritime and aviation areas • Polishes at extremely low revolutions and high torque, e.g. for heat-sensitive surfaces • 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts and abrasions

SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter Max. back-up pad diameter No load speed

200 mm Standard equipment PE 14-2 150: 150 mm 1 handle 380-2100 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture Size (L x H) Weight

Type

M 14 402x117 mm 2,3 kg

Order no.

PE 14-2 150

373.680

PE 14-2 150 Set

376.175

! Accessories from page 256 248

SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter Max. back-up pad diameter

Standard equipment PE 14-2 150 Set: 1 handle 1 velcro backing pad, cushioned, Ø 150 mm 1 polishing sponge PS-B 160 1 polishing sponge PS-BL 160 1 lambswool TW-PT 160 1 microfibre cloth MW-P 1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml 2 case inserts Plastic carrying case

No load speed

250 mm 180 mm 250-1350 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture

M 14

Size (L x H)

402x117 mm

Weight

Type PE 14-1 180

! Accessories from page 256

2,3 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 395.749 1 handle


Polishers Overview of power tools

L 602 VR

PE 14-3 125

Variable-speed polisher with a high torque

Ergonomic polisher with speed control trigger

• VR electronics: stepless speed selection, constant speed control by means of tachogenerator, overload protection and temperature monitor • Powerful 1500 watt motor with high degree of efficiency • Integrated air deflection: protects against direct air flow • Perfect cooling for heavy-duty use. • Optimum handling by balanced weight distribution and 3 grip variants, depending on use • Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece when changing pads • Spindle lock

• VR microprocessor control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, continuous speed control trigger, restart protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature monitoring and speed selection • With its wide speed range it is perfect for working with polishing pads from Ø 80 mm upto max Ø 160 mm • Ideal polishing pad Ø 140 mm • High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads • Ergonomic design • Slim shaft handle and ergonomic grip cover to optimise handling and reduce fatigue when polishing • 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts and abrasions • Spindle lock

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter Max. back-up pad diameter No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Weight

Type L 602 VR L 602 VR Set

! Accessories from page 256

Max. polishing pad diameter 220 mm 175 mm Standard equipment L 602 VR: 1 side handle 400-2400 rpm 1 bail handle 1500 watt 1000 watt Standard equipment L 602 VR Set: M 14 1 side handle 3,3 kg 1 bail handle 1 velcro pad 150 Ø 1 polishing sponge PS-B 200 Order no. 1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C 329.800 1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 329.819 1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml

Max. back-up pad diameter No load speed

160 mm 150 mm 1100-3700 rpm

Power input

1400 watt

Power output

880 watt

Tool fixture Size (L x H) Weight

Type PE 14-3 125 PE 14-3 125 Set

Standard equipment PE 14-3 125: 1 side handle

M 14 Standard equipment PE 14-3 125 Set: 370 x 110 mm 1 side handle 2,2 kg 1 velcro pad 125 Ø 1 polishing sponge PS-B 160 1 polishing sponge PS-W 160 Order no. 1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C 383.678 1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 383.732 1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml

! Accessories from page 256 249


Polishers Overview of power tools

XC 3401 VRG

XC 3401 VRG Set

Positive-drive orbital polisher • VR microprocessor control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, continuous speed control trigger, restart protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature monitoring and speed selection • 8 mm orbit for high efficiency • Permanent direct drive for an even polished surface • Cushioned special hook and loop pad for polishing. • Removable, ergonomic handle and guard for optimum handling in all applications • Low heat generation on the surface makes it ideal for temperature-sensitive paints • Counterweight for smoother operation • Low height and low weight • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter Velcro backing pad Ø No load speed Orbit Orbit rate, no load Power input Power output Weight

Type XC 3401 VRG XC 3401 VRG Set

! Accessories from page 256 250

160 mm Standard equipment XC 3401 VRG: 1 SoftVib handle 140 mm 1 bail handle 160-480 rpm 1 special velcro backing pad, 140 Ø 8 mm 3200-9600 opm

Standard equipment XC 3401 VRG Set: 900 watt 1 SoftVib handle 590 watt 1 bail handle 2,6 kg 1 special velcro backing pad, 140 Ø 1 polishing sponge PS-W 160 1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C Order no. 1 set-bag 322.008 1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml 334.081 1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml


Polishers Overview of power tools

L 1503 VR

L 1202

Polisher with a wide speed range

Powerful low-speed polisher, 1600 watt

• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection • High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads • With its wide speed range it is perfect for working with polishing pads from Ø 80 mm upto max Ø 160 mm • Ideal polishing pad Ø 140 mm • On/off switch • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V

• High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads • Low speed, high torque • Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation • For continuous use with large polishing heads for brushing, polishing and buffing wood and stainless steel • On/off switch • Spindle lock

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS

Max. polishing pad diameter

250 mm

Max. polishing pad diameter

160 mm

Max. back-up pad diameter

Max. back-up pad diameter

150 mm

No load speed

1750 rpm

Power input

1600 watt

Power output

1100 watt

No load speed

1200-3700 rpm

Power input

1200 watt

Power output

700 watt

Weight

Type L 1503 VR

! Accessories from page 256

1,9 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 250.280 1 side handle

Tool fixture Weight

Type L 1202

175 mm

M 14 5,1 kg

Standard equipment: 1 side handle Order no. 1 hand guard 278.688 1 handle

! Accessories from page 256 251


Painted surface finishing Professional tips

Polishing and more. FLEX professional tips. Polishing is not just polishing. In common parlance the term is synonymous with sanding a surface smooth to create a gloss finish. The professional definition however is much broader. A good “polish” including paint preparation and care comprises the following three steps: POLISHING: Use of mechanical operations to achieve a smooth, high-gloss surface. SEALING: Permanently seal porous surfaces. PAINT CARE: Protect paintwork by waxing.

Professional tips for polishing

Professional tips for sealing

Professional tips for paint care

• Never use polishing agents in the sun, at high temperatures or when the air humidity is high. • Before treating the paint surface, wash it thoroughly and leave to dry. • Do not use dirty cloths or sponges. • Avoid any transitions which result in irregularities and streaking. • Regularly change and clean the polishing sponge. • Use all agents extremely sparingly. If too much polish is applied, it will be more difficult to rub off and the quality will be impaired.

• First, clean the surface thoroughly. • Remove all dead paint and tinting particles from the surface. • Caution – incorrect application will not only seal the paint surface but also the dirt.

• Thoroughly clean the surface beforehand. • Apply agents sparingly and evenly. • Make sure the surface is absolutely dry. • Avoid the sun’s rays, excessive heat, humidity and temperatures below freezing.

252


Painted surface finishing Professional tips

Rotary or random orbital? As with many other questions in life, there is no clear-cut reply to this particular question. Just as with selecting the right polish, recommending a rotary or a random orbital machine depends on the particular job. In principle, the truth is that rotary devices are used more in the professional trade sector. However, random orbit devices are used in the professional trade sector, in particular for finishing work. In the semi-profesional world preference is often given to tools with random orbit rotary motion.

ROTARY: Sensitive and aggressive Polishing is very much a matter of feeling and precision. However, by using a rotary machine you, as a professional, will confidently be able to handle any polishing job. You should note two things: Firstly, rotary motion impacts much more aggressively on the surface than a random orbit device does. Secondly, non-professional application may very quickly produce hologram effects. Ideal for: dust inclusions, orange peel effect, paint runs, spray mist, heavily weathered paints, normal scratches, paint cleaning.

RANDOM ORBITAL: Effective and efficient Eccentric types are specialists – and are rarely popular among their peers. However, this in no way applies to polishers with eccentric (random orbit) rotary motion and permanent positive drive. No surprise really since these devices can be operated effectively and efficiently. Thanks to the special motion and large stroke, you cannot only seal the paint surface very well, but also polish it without the effect of holograms. The machine can also remove any hologram effects and polishing marks, in particular on dark paints. Ideal for: weathered paints, light scratches, minor signs of wear, hologram removal, streaks, hair lines, high-gloss polishing, sealing. Professionals also use rotary polishers to treat this type of paint damage.

253


Painted surface finishing Professional tips

The problem solvers

FLEX accessories and polishers. Perfectly coordinated.

To ensure an optimum result, the interaction between machine and polish or sponges or lambswool is extremely important. The correct accessory must be used depending on the paint damage (scratch, hologram, etc.). Light scratches can be removed using the blue sponge and the FLEX SpecialPolish.

Perfect polish

Perfect interaction

Perfect gloss

Our recommendation for removing deep scratches is to use either the lambswool pad or blue sponge and the FLEX SpecialPolish.

Holograms can best be worked on with wafer sponge black and the FLEX SpecialPolish.

The XC 3401 VRG orbital polisher and FLEX NanoPolish & Wax are eminently suited for the sealing operation.

254


Painted surface finishing Professional tips

Recommended applications

Orange peel effect Polishing fleece

Deep scratches

Polishing sponge, blue

SpecialPolish

The soft powerhouses

The allrounders

Dust inclusions

Scratches

Minor signs of wear

Hologram effects

Paint sealing/care

Polishing sponge, white

NanoPolish & Wax

The roto random orbit

Polishing sponge, black

255


Polishers Accessories

Zubehör Accessories for polishing systems

L 1202

XC 3401 VRG

L 1503 VR

PE 14-3 125

L 602 VR

PE 14-1 180

The allrounders The roto random orbit

PE 14-2 150

The soft powerhouses

Designation

Contents/ Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

SpecialPolish P05/03

250 ml

1

376.574       

NanoPolish & Wax P02/06

250 ml

1

376.566       

MW-C

400 x 400

1

317.098       

MW-P

400 x 400

1

376.531       

Damped special velcro pad for polishing, for smaller sponges, e.g. PS-W 140 mm. This sponge size is ideal for use in the spot repair area as well as on narrow surfaces, e.g. C-columns. On account of the special holders this pad is designed exclusively for the XC 3401 VRG.

BP-M D115 XC

115 Ø

1

386.715

-

-

-

-

-  -

Damped special hook and loop backing pad for sponges up to max. Ø 160 mm. The special fixing allows use of this pad only with the XC 3401 VRG.

BP-M D140 XC

140 Ø

1

342.637

-

-

-

-

-  -

115 Ø

1

208.817   -   -

-

125 Ø

1

231.983      -

-

The specialist

SpecialPolish Silicon-fee, fine polishing compound for a high-degree of material removal and a medium gloss. For removing, for instance, ingrained dust, paint mists, fine scratches in combination with the lambswool. Together with the right sponge, ideally suited for removing signs of wear, restoring weathered paints.

NanoPolish & Wax Silicon-free, high-gloss polish with nano compound particles and carnauba wax. For polishing new to slightly scratched paints. Ideal for scratch-resistant paintwork. Also gives a perfect finish to paintwork pre-treated with the fine polishing compound. High-gloss finish and protection in one.

Microfibre polishing cloth, classic Seamless, washable. For gentle removing polishing and sealing residues. For a perfect surface finish and brilliant deep gloss.

Microfibre polishing cloth, premium Thanks to the very high soft pile, residues can be picked up reliably and gently. This is what makes the microfibre cloth ideal for an optimum paint finish. It can also be used for car wash purposes. Long service life, washing machine safe (without softener).

Velcro-backed pad with gearwheel

Velcro backing M 14 Elastic backing pad with velcro cover. Velcro bowl  suitable – not suitable

256


Polishers Accessories

L 1202

XC 3401 VRG

L 1503 VR

PE 14-3 125

L 602 VR

PE 14-1 180

Designation

PE 14-2 150

Accessories for polishing systems

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

115 Ø

1

240.311  -

-   -

-

125 Ø

1

350.737      -

-

150 Ø

1

350.745     -

PS-B 140

140 Ø x 30

1

376.388       -

PS-B 160

160 Ø x 30

1

376.396     -  

PS-B 200

200 Ø x 30

1

376.418    -

PS-W 140

140 Ø x 30

1

376.426       -

PS-W 160

160 Ø x 30

1

376.434     -  

PS-W 200

200 Ø x 30

1

376.442    -

PS-BL 140

140 Ø x 30

1

376.450       -

PS-BL 160

160 Ø x 30

1

376.469     -  

PS-BL 200

200 Ø x 30

1

376.477    -

Wafer sponge of an extremely soft and fine foam structure. The special PerfectTouch sandwich design and extra firm white foam layer give the pad much more stiffness and it does not compress so easily. As a result, holograms and micro-scratches, in particular, can be more efficiently and reliably removed. The special design also extends the service life of the polishing disc. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Ideally suited - together with the SpecialPolish compound - for removing holograms and also for paint care and sealing in combination with the NanoPolish & Wax.

PSW-BL 140

140 Ø x 30

1

376.485       -

PSW-BL 160

160 Ø x 30

1

376.493     -  

PSW-BL 200

200 Ø x 30

1

376.507    -

-

- 

Sponge with medium-hard and coarse foam structure. The large diameter and the frisbee shape is perfect for large areas, e.g. in the maritime and aviation areas. Particularly suitable for weathered and mat paintwork, in conjunction with the SpecialPolish.

PSF-Y 220

220 Ø x 20

1

256.908

-

- 

Velcro pad, cushioned M14 12 mm cell rubber for even pressure distribution for grinding, polishing or sealing.

- 

Polishing sponge, blue Sponge of a medium-hard, coarse foam structure and high resistance to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Particularly for weathered, dull paints and for scratches in combination with the SpecialPolish compound.

-

- 

Polishing sponge, white Sponge of a medium-hard, fine foam structure and highly resistant to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Particularly for removing minor traces of wear and streaks in combination with the SpecialPolish compound.

-

- 

Polishing sponge, black Sponge of an extremely soft and fine foam structure. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Ideally suited - together with the SpecialPolish compound - for removing holograms and also for paint care and sealing in combination with the NanoPolish & Wax.

-

- 

Polishing sponge wafer, black

Polishing sponge -   -

257


Polishers Accessories

Accessories for polishing systems

L 1202

XC 3401 VRG

L 1503 VR

PE 14-3 125

L 602 VR

PE 14-1 180

The allrounders The roto random orbit

PE 14-2 150

The soft powerhouses

Designation

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

PSF-W 220

220 Ø x 20

1

256.909

TW-C 150

150 Ø

1

342.521     -  

TW-C 200

200 Ø

1

350.265    -

Polishing lambswool consisting of 90% natural wool and 10% polyester. This combination provides for longer service life and greater volume. And it can remove sanding scratches, for example, 30% faster than with using a sponge. Ideal for UV paints and the latest generation of scratch-resistant paints. For a great polishing effect in combination with the SpecialPolish. The special PerfectTouch sandwich design and extra orange foam layer gives the pad that slight degree of cushioning and much greater stiffness. This allows for a perfect surface contact even in problem areas and an optimal and exact guiding.

TW-PT 140

140 Ø

1

376.515       -

TW-PT 160

160 Ø

1

376.523     -  

Traditional frisbee-shaped polishing fleece made of 100% natural wool. With its large diameter and frisbee shape this polishing fleece is perfect for processing large areas in the maritime and aviation areas. For high polishing effect in conjunction with the SpecialPolish.

WF-C 230

230 Ø

1

398.632

-   -

-

- 

Lambswool bonnet with tightening cord, suitable for elastic backing pad. Made of 100% lambswool for efficient processing of polishing pastes.

WH-C 180

180 Ø

1

123.870    -

-

- 

BP D175 WH

175 Ø

1

123.862    -

-

- 

The specialist

Velcro sponge, white (soft) Sponge with medium-hard and fine foam structure. The large diameter and the frisbee shape is perfect for large areas, e.g. in the maritime and aviation areas. Particularly suitable for removing minor signs of use and streaks in conjunction with the SpecialPolish.

-   -

-

- 

Velcro backed, classic The pad consists of 90 % lambswool and 10 % polyester. This composition provides for more stability and volume. For great polishing effect in combination with the SpecialPolish.

-

- 

Polishing lambswool, premium

Polishing fleece

Lambswool bonnet

Flexible backing pad Backing pad from cellular rubber with rounded edges, for lambswool bonnet. Ensures for even pressure when polishing. M14 thread.

 suitable – not suitable

258


Polishers Accessories

L 1202

XC 3401 VRG

L 1503 VR

PE 14-3 125

L 602 VR

PE 14-1 180

Designation

PE 14-2 150

Accessories for universal polishing

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

Fibre-back and M 14 threaded flange for removing scratches in glass, stainless steel, acrylic and high-gloss polishing of stainless steel. Use only with the respective polishing mediums.

125 Ø

1

122.726      - 

175 Ø

1

122.734    -

With fiber backing.

125 Ø

1

122.742      - 

175 Ø

1

122.750    -

-

- 

60

1

123.803

-

- 

1

333.573   -    -

Backed fleece -

- 

Spare fleece

Buffing wheel mount, M 14 -

-

-

-

Carry bag for polisher Practical mobile carry bag offer lots of room for machine and accessories, with variable pockets.

SoftVib side handle SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, significantly reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms and reducing the risk of vibration-related injury to the operator.

M 14

1

325.384       -

Without insert. For the machines PE 14-2 150, PE 14-3 125, PE 14-1 180, L 1503 VR and XC 3401 VRG and extensive range of accessories.

TK-L 528x368x125/65

1

377.198   -    -

TKE-T PE14/XC

1

377.201   -    -

TKE-B PE14/XC

1

377.228   -    -

Carry case

Case insert - lid Matching insert for sponges/lambswool Ø 160/200, microfibre cloths and polish for the lid of the carry case 377.198.

Case insert - bottom Matching insert for machine and Velcro backing pad, sponges/lambswool Ø 140 and other accessories for the bottom of carry case 377.198.

259


260


Stone working

Tools for stoneworking. For 90 years FLEX has been a competent and innovative partner for natural stone working, and for good reason. During this time we have worked hand in hand with experienced stone masons to develop a comprehensive and harmonized machine and accessory programme that sets the industry standards.

Stone working Wet grinders L/LE 12-3 100 WET Wet grinders, Overview of power tools Accessories Blind hole drills, Overview of power tools Core drilling machines, Overview of power tools Accessories Bushhammers, Overview of power tools Dry grinders, Overview of power tools Accessories Stone cutter CS 60 WET Accessories

262 264 266 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 281

261


Stone working

FLEX and natural stone. A special relationship. Natural stone has its own laws. That call for special experts. Specialists who know how to read the stone. Who by the nuances and shades of the colours in the stone can recognise the unique masterpiece that a completely sculptured piece of work can evolve, but to realize this vision good tools are needed. For 90 years FLEX is the competent and innovative partner for working with natural stone. Over this course of time a comprehensive range of machines has been developed in close co-operation with experienced stone masons. A product range that sets the industry standards for robustness and reliability also with handling and maintenance but especially by working safety when using water. The long-time competence of FLEX also includes the knowledge that FLEX engineers have gained about the nature of stone, its characteristics, and its sensitivities. That is why a FLEX machine of course does not damage or soil the valuable “natural stone�, but professionally processes and preserves it. As in every perfect relationship allows you to work to perfection.

262


Stone working

Stone on stone.

In the FLEX Stone range everything fits.

The extensive FLEX natural stone range provides everything - from wet and dry grinders, stone cutter, bushhammer, blind hole drill and core drilling machines, pressurized water tank, isolating transformers and safety vacuum cleaners to grinding discs, abrasive rings and diamond tools.

Very colourful

Isolating transformer

GFCI operator protector circuit breaker

You don‘t have to search long when selecting the required grain with the velcro diamond discs. Thanks to the colour-coded system you can identify the different grains just by their colour. And the practical velcro attachment allows for speedy replacement.

The contour plug is standard equipment on many wet grinders. It can be plugged only into the isolation transformer coupling and not into the power outlet.

Ensures electrical safety when undertaking wet sanding. Is released practically immediately (< 15 milliseconds) at the required response sensitivity. Complete with accidental restart safeguard on the power being interrupted.

263


Stone working L/LE 12-3 100 WET

The new generation of wet stone grinders from FLEX. Building on the successful design of the long-proven LW 1703 and LW 1503 grinders, the wet stone grinders L 12-3 100 WET and LE 12-3 100 WET are the next step forward. In future the L 12-3 100 WET will replace the familiar LW 1503 and LW 1703 machines. With integral electronic control the LE 12-3 100 WET brings something new to this class. Both machines are available in two versions “Transformer” (with connector cable and a 12 h contour plug for connection to an isolating transformer) and “PRCD” (portable residual current device integrated in the cable).

264

More secure grip The grip hood and the bail handle ensure comfortable handling and allow the machine to be guided with precision. Even when working on vertical surfaces, the machine can always be held securely.

Simple M 14 Tool fixture: M 14

Spindle stop Easy tool change with the integrated spindle stop.

The lower values count here The water supply and control are situated below the housing. This provides an unobstructed grip area directly above the sanding pad.

Perfectly modulated force Both types feature a powerful 1150 watt motor and built-in electronics with soft start, overload protection and constant speed control. The LE 12-3 100 WET also features stepless speed adjustment from 1200-3700 rpm.

Bring on the water! Simple and easily accessible operation of the water control.

Flexible connection The brass water connection for the ½” water hose is not attached directly to the device but to an extremely flexible 2 m long special hose.

Fits perfectly The special hose does not require additional hose safety devices. This prevents injuries from hose clips.


Stone working L/LE 12-3 100 WET

Brilliant ideas.

Optimized handling for top quality surfaces.

The water connection of the wet stone grinder L 12-3 100 WET and LE 12-3 100 WET is located below the housing. The machines can now be guided precisely and safely in any position and without obstructing the view of the workpiece. Thanks to the high torque, the wet stone grinders perform reliably in almost any position and at almost any pressure.

Clean sanding job

Clear view

Horizontally and vertically

The L 12-3 100 WET, LE 12-3 100 WET wet stone grinders and the FLEX Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs are ideally suited for polishing cut edges.

The superb handling and the unobstructed grip area allow edges to be worked exactly and precisely.

Working on vertical surfaces is now easier thanks to the grip hood and the ergonomically shaped bail handle. The machines can always be guided safely.

265


Wet grinders Overview of power tools

LE 12-3 100 WET

L 12-3 100 WET

1150 watt wet stone grinder with variable speed, plug for isolating transformer, 115 mm

1150 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating transformer, 115 mm

• Powerful 1150 W motor • VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • High torque for maximum material removal and optimum surface quality • Powder-coated and varnished magnetic pad for a long service life, thanks to the additional protection against wear and abrasive dust • Grip hood for easy handling and precise working • Bail handle: Secure grip, even when working on vertical surfaces • The new water feed and control system is located below the housing, which makes operation and precise dosing easy. An unobstructed grip area is provided directly above the backing pad • 2 m special hose: No additional hose safety devices required. Increases flexibility, reduces weight and prevents risk of injury from hose clips • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V Available with PRCD portable residual current device (integrated in the cable) or contour plug (for safety reasons operated via isolating transformer FLEX TT 2000 only).

• Powerful 1150 W motor • FR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection • High torque for maximum material removal and optimum surface quality • Powder-coated and varnished magnetic pad for a long service life, thanks to the additional protection against wear and abrasive dust • Grip hood for easy handling and precise working • Bail handle: Secure grip, even when working on vertical surfaces • The new water feed and control system is located below the housing, which makes operation and precise dosing easy. An unobstructed grip area is provided directly above the backing pad • 2 m special hose: No additional hose safety devices required. Increases flexibility, reduces weight and prevents risk of injury from hose clips • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V Available with PRCD portable residual current device (integrated in the cable) or contour plug (for safety reasons operated via isolating transformer FLEX TT 2000 only).

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed

115 mm 1200-3700 rpm

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter

115 mm

No load speed

3700 rpm

Power input

1150 watt

Power input

1150 watt

Power output

700 watt

Power output

700 watt

Tool fixture

M 14

Tool fixture

M 14

Size (L x H)

340 x 140 mm

Size (L x H)

340 x 140 mm

Connecting hose with quick coupling Weight

Type LE 12-3 100 WET, contour plug LE 12-3 100 WET, PRCD

! Accessories from page 269 266

2m 2,4 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 1 bail handle 378.461 1 hook-and-loop cable ties 368.660

Connecting hose with quick coupling Weight

Type L 12-3 100 WET, contour plug L 12-3 100 WET, PRCD

! Accessories from page 269

2m 2,4 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 375.675 1 bail handle 378.488 1 hook-and-loop cable ties


Wet grinders Overview of power tools

LW 802 VR

LW 1202 / LW 1202 S

1800 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating transformer, 130 mm

1600 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating transformer, 130 mm

• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of granite and marble • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer • Tool fixture: M 14 • This machine is also available in 110 V

• Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of granite and marble • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation • Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer • Tool fixture: M 14 • This machine is also available in 110 V

Available with PRCD portable residual current device (integrated in the cable) or contour plug (for safety reasons operated via isolating transformer FLEX TT 2000 only). SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed

Max. disc diameter 130 mm 800-2400 rpm

130 mm

No load speed

1750 rpm

Power input

1600 watt

Power input

1800 watt

Power output

1040 watt

Power output

1200 watt

Weight

Weight

Type LW 802 VR

! Accessories from page 269

5,1 kg

4,3 kg Standard equipment: 1 bail handle 258.597 1 open-ended wrench SW 17

Order no.

Type LW 1202, contour plug LW 1202 S, PRCD

Order no.

Standard equipment: 1 bail handle 289.000 1 open-ended wrench SW 17 276.375

! Accessories from page 269 267


Wet grinders Overview of power tools

LWW 2106 VR

WD 10

2200 watt edge milling tool for granite with GFCI circuit breaker

Pressurized water tank 10 l

• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of granite and marble • Aluminum guide carriage: with plastic balls for easy control, corrosion-protected • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation • Tool fixture: G ½” • Ideal for profiling granite slabs

• Working pressure 6 bar • Ideal for mobile working • Fits all machines with a quick-fit coupling for a ½“ water hose

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed

1800-5500 rpm

For slab thickness

20-40 mm

Power input

2200 watt

SPECIFICATIONS

Power output

1540 watt

Capacity

Weight

Type LWW 2106 VR

! Accessories from page 269 268

13,7 kg

Standard equipment: 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 8 Order no. 1 open-ended wrench SW 32 253.705 1 splash guard

Weight

Type WD 10

10 l 4,5 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 251.622 4 m pressure hose


Wet grinders Overview of power tools and accessories

Accessories for wet grinding Rubber coupling For all applications where a smooth sanding is required. Adapts itself together with the velcro backing pad flexibly to the surface of the workpiece. Is screwed on as an adapter between the M14 machine connection and the velcro backing pad. QP

Order number

1

240.338

Velcro pad, soft For secure attachment of the velcro diamond discs. M 14 connection.

TT 2000 Isolating transformer • With contour socket for all FLEX machines with contour plug. Earth contact in 12 o'clock position, without protective contact

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

100 Ø

1

253.814

Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs wet (single) For grinding and polishing: Suitable for artificial stone, natural stone, stoneware and ceramics. The grinding output of the diamond discs is higher than that of traditional abrasives, they have a very long service live and high mechanical resilience.

Dimensions in mm

Grit

Colour

QP

Order number

100 Ø

grit 60

dark green 1

253.815

100 Ø

grit 100

blue

1

253.816

100 Ø

grit 200

light green 1

253.817

100 Ø

grit 400

yellow

1

253.818

100 Ø

grit 800

orange

1

253.819

100 Ø

grit 1500

red

1

253.820

100 Ø

grit 3000

brown

1

253.821

100 Ø

grit 10000

black

1

253.822

Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs wet in a set Set with 5 grains. For grinding and polishing. Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

100 Ø

grit 100 - 1500

5

253.823

Adapter plate For grinding rings with quick-action coupling. Thread M14. With rubber cushioning.

SPECIFICATIONS Max. performance up to 45 min. non-stop operation

200 x 200 x 270 mm

Primary voltage

230 V

Secondary voltage

230 V

Type TT 2000

QP

Order number

100 Ø

1

126.098

2000 VA

Size ( W x L x H)

Weight

Dimensions in mm

15,8 kg

Order no. 373.370

Grinding rings For plastic quick-action coupling backing pads, Order no. 126.098 Dimensions in mm

Grit

QP

Order number

100 Ø

F 30

1

126.144

100 Ø

F 60

1

126.152

100 Ø

F 120

1

126.160

269


Blind hole drills Overview of power tools

BHW 1549 VR

BED 18

Blind hole drill with integrated water feed with GFCI circuit breaker

Anchor drilling unit with integrated water feed with GFCI circuit breaker

• VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Integral water feed through the drive shaft ensures optimum cooling of diamond bits • For hand operation or for use on our BD 6 and BD 18 drill stands • Can also be used with FLEX pressurized water tanks • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord • This machine is also available in 110 V

• VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel • Suction cup for fixing to smooth surfaces • Precise drill centring by accurate positioning with cross-hair registration marks • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Adapter for vacuum extraction • Ideal for hard, fragile materials, including porcelain stoneware tiles, concrete, stone and masonry • When using FLEX industrial vacuums to extract drilling sludge, an additional vacuum is created to allow vacuum fastening of the drill stand • Integrated water feed through the drive shaft • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord

SPECIFICATIONS Power input

1200 watt

Power output

700 watt

Speed under load No load speed Tool fixture Diamond drill Ø Weight

Type BHW 1549 VR

! Accessories from page 272 270

SPECIFICATIONS Power input

3000-9000 rpm

Power output

3500-10000 rpm

No load speed

M 14 5-10 mm 3,3 kg Standard equipment: 1 bail handle 1 open-ended wrench SW 17 Order no. 1 splash guard 299.197 1 metal carrying case

Tool fixture Diamond drill Ø Weight

Type BED 18

! Accessories from page 272

1200 watt 700 watt 3500-10000 rpm Standard equipment: M 14 1 suction cup 6-14 mm 1 bail handle 4,1 kg 1 stationary drill stand with column guide, BD 18 1 vacuum hose connection Order no. 1 sharpening stone 290.300 1 metal carrying case


Core drilling machines Overview of power tools

BED 69 Core drilling unit for drilling edges in facing slabs with GFCI circuit breaker • VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel • Clamping device: for slab thickness from 20 to 50 mm, with 2 adjustable stops (60/60 cm) • Integrated water feed through the drive shaft • Drilling unit works torsion-free and at an exact right angle • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord

SPECIFICATIONS Power input

1200 watt

Power output

700 watt

No load speed

3500-10000 rpm

Tool fixture Diamond drill bit Ø Weight (complete unit)

Type BED 69

M 14 5-14 mm 15,5 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 254.175 Stationary drill stand BD 06

! Accessories from page 272 271


Core drilling machines Overview of power tools and accessories

BHW 812 VV

Wet drills for the BHW 1549 VR, BED 18 and BED 69

Core drilling machine for wet drilling with GFCI circuit breaker

Diamond hollow hole drill bits

• VV electronic control: constant speed control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection, temperature monitoring and speed selection • Long additional handle: turns and latches in pre-set positions to absorb high torque in freehand operation • Safety slip clutch: offers protection if the core drill is jammed • Clamping neck: 53 mm, suitable for application in drilling stands • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Integrated water feed through the drive shaft • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord • Mechanical 2-speed gear unit and variable, electric speed setting provide optimum speeds for a wide range of drilling diameters • Suitable for hammer-free drilling of concrete, flush fitting of junction boxes flue connections and cutting breakthroughs • Also ideal for precise drilling holes to fix heavy-duty anchors

The hollow hole drill bits are suitable for use on machines with integrated water supply and M 14 spindle thread. Vibrationfree drilling in tiles (all hardnesses), fine stoneware (up to hardness 5), natural stone, granite. Designation

Diameter Length in mm in mm

QP

Order number

DD-WET D5x30 M14

5

30

1

386.359

DD-WET D6x30 M14

6

30

1

386.367

DD-WET D8x30 M14

8

30

1

386.375

30

1

386.383

DD-WET D10x30 M14 10

Hollow diamond drill bit M 14, wet, for natural stone and fine stoneware tiles. Dimensions in mm

T in mm

L in mm

QP

Order number

58

88

1

315.052

73

103

1

315.060

10 Ø

88

118

1

315.079

12 Ø

98

128

1

315.087

14 Ø

113

143

1

315.095

Accessories BED 18 Suction hose Vacuum hose, consisting of: 1 vacuum hose (255.505) and 1 vacuum hose connection (255.507).

SPECIFICATIONS Power input

1800 watt

Power output

1200 watt

Speed under load 1st/2nd gear Tool holder (inner Ø) Clamping neck Ø

53 mm

Max. drill hole Ø in concrete

85 mm

Max. drilling Ø masonry Weight

Type BHW 812 VV

272

185 mm 4,7 kg

Order no. 277.940

Order number

1

255.506

QP

Order number

1

255.505

QP

Order number

1

255.507

Suction hose

0-1000 / 0-3800 rpm G ½”

QP

Standard equipment: 1 handle 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 1 open-ended wrench SW 32 1 wrench case 1 drill depth stop 1 clamp fitting with ratchet clip and centering aid 1 plastic carry case

Vacuum hose connection


Bushhammers Overview of power tools

LST 803 VR

LST 1503 VR

Bushhammer for stairs and large surfaces

Bushhammer for stairs

• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. • Working width adjustable: 7 stages from approx. 55 mm to 130 mm • Guide: continuously adjustable for precise work along stone edges • Dust extraction: for use even in occupied buildings • Fitted with 80 aggressive carbide tips, the power tool rapidly and precisely copes with all roughening work • Sits comfortably in the hand and has a grip guard and a shaft handle, making it easy to guide • Rotating tool head on rubber bearings, reducing noise and vibration and increasing the life of the drive unit

• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. • Working width adjustable: 3 stages from approx. 40 mm up to 92 mm • Guide: continuously adjustable for precise work along stone edges • Dust extraction: for use even in occupied buildings • Fitted with 60 aggressive carbide tips, the power tool rapidly and precisely copes with all roughening work • Rotating tool head on rubber bearings, reducing noise and vibration and increasing the life of the drive unit • The grip guard directly over the tool enables precise guidance of the power tool

SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Working width Weight

Type LST 803 VR

! Accessories page 275

SPECIFICATIONS 800-2400 rpm 1800 watt 1200 watt Standard equipment: 55-130 mm 1 stop, complete 7,2 kg 1 carbide tipped complete 140 Ø 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 vacuum adapter 259.639 Vacuum hose extension

No load speed Power input Power output Working width Weight

Type LST 1503 VR

800-2400 rpm 1200 watt 700 watt Standard equipment: 40-92 mm 1 stop, complete 5,9 kg 1 carbide tipped complete 100 Ø 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 vacuum adapter 259.229 Vacuum hose extension

! Accessories page 275 273


Dry grinders Overview of power tools

LG 1704 VR

LK 602 VR

1500 watt for heavy-duty grinding jobs, 178 mm

Polisher with grip hood for natural stone working

• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. • Spindle lock: for easy disc changes • Ideally suited to low and medium-speed use with various grinding mediums • The grip guard directly over the tool enables precise guidance of the power tool

• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection • Integrated air deflection: protects against direct air flow • Perfect cooling for heavy-duty use. • Plastic grip guard allows extremely sensitive guiding • Grip hood: detachable • Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece • Spindle lock: for easy tool change • Ideal for cleaning, conserving, polishing and care of natural stone flooring

SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter

SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter

Max. back-up pad diameter 178 mm 1400-4200 rpm

No load speed

220 mm 175 mm 800-2400 rpm

Power input

1500 watt

Power input

1500 watt

Power output

1000 watt

Power output

1000 watt

Tool fixture

No load speed

Weight

Type LG 1704 VR

! Accessories page 275 274

2,7 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 293.768 1 side handle

Weight

Type LK 602 VR

! Accessories page 275

M 14 3,5 kg

Order no.

Standard equipment: 258.580 1 side handle


Dry grinding Accessories

Accessories LST 803 VR, LST 1503 VR Replacement carbide wheels

Diamond grinding pad

for LST 1503 VR

For use with velcro grinding disc 115 Ø. Grinding pads for dry grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas. Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures, steps.

QP

Order number

6

259.833

Designation Order number

Dimensions Grit in mm

QP

QP

Order number

DP 50 DRY D115

115 Ø

50

1

386.197

8

259.834

DP 100 DRY D115

115 Ø

100

1

386.200

DP 200 DRY D115

115 Ø

200

1

386.219

DP 400 DRY D115

115 Ø

400

1

386.227

DP 800 DRY D115

115 Ø

800

1

386.235

DP 1500 DRY D115

115 Ø

1500

1

386.243

DP 3000 DRY D115

115 Ø

3000

1

386.251

10000 1

386.278

for LST 803 VR

Replacement bearing block with 2 carbide wheels for LST 1503 VR and LST 803 VR QP

Order number

1

260.576

DP 10000 DRY D115 115 Ø

Cutting guard

Accessories for dry grinding

125 mm cutting guard Rubber coupling For all applications where a smooth sanding is required. Adapts itself together with the velcro backing pad flexibly to the surface of the workpiece. Is screwed on as an adapter between the M14 machine connection and the velcro backing pad. QP

Order number

1

240.338

With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting discs with 125 mm Ø for flange without groove.

For secure attachment of the velcro diamond discs. M 14 connection. QP

Order number

100 Ø

1

253.814

Velcro backing pad Ø 115, Bowl Backing pad Bowl with velcro face for securing the abrasives with the velcro system. As damping elements 12 mm cellular rubber pads ensure uniform pressure distribution. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

115 Ø

1

366.609

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

254.797

With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting discs with 125 mm Ø for flange with groove.

Velcro pad, soft

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

125 Ø

1

283.533

230 mm cutting guard For push and pull cuts with vacuum set and adjustable support, extraction nozzle with 32 mm outer Ø, collar Ø 62 mm, cut depth 65 mm max. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

230 Ø

1

252.963

275



Stone working CS 60 WET

CS 60 WET. Diamond stone cutter for wet cuts. The CS 60 WET is a further development of the proven CSW 4161. With the CS 60 WET you cannot only cut cleanly and precisely, you can also make a perfect mitre cut in the range from 0-45°. It also has a cutting depth adjustment from 0-60 mm (with guide rail 0-54mm) and is therefore optimally suited to inserting weather grooves and water drainage channels in window sills or steps. The CS 60 WET is the ideal machine for stonemasons, kitchen and shop fitters and tilers who have to make exact cuts in natural and artificial stone; the machine can also be used in gardening and landscaping.

Powerhouse Powerful and high-output 1400 watt motor with high torque. Motor protection made of rubber prevents the direct intake of spray water and therefore protects the motor.

When you have to get a move on Cut marking at the base plate from 0°/30°/45° for rapid orientation

Tough performer The gearbox housing, the protective cover as well as the guide plate are made of highquality magnesium die-castings. Ideal for tough applications, e.g. in gardening and landscaping.

Supercooled Specially designed water supply for optimal cooling of the diamond tool.

GFCI operator protector circuit breaker Portable residual current device (PRCD) integrated in the cable for safe working.

Runs parallel Parallel stop with guide edge mounted upwards increases the contact surface of the saw bench. When the guide edge is mounted downwards, a cut can be made parallel to the workpiece edge.

Leadership The front handle also ensures that the machine is guided exactly.

Stepless The cutting depth can be adjusted steplessly and without any tools. Ideal in conjunction with the guide rail for inserting weather grooves and water drainage channels.

Spindle stop Easy tool change with the integrated spindle stop.

Maximum precision The applied scale enables the angle to be adjusted easily and exactly from 0-45°.

Coupled Quick coupling made of brass for easy connection of a ½” water hose.

All from one source Ergonomically shaped handle with on/off switch and lock for continuous operation.

277


Stone working CS 60 WET

Really good at an angle.

The diamont stone cutter for mitre cuts.

With the FLEX CS 60 WET diamond stone cutter you cannot only cut cleanly and precisely, you can also make a perfect mitre cut in the range from 0-45°.

Negative is not the same as positive

More mobility

Always in control

Thanks to the precise parallel stop which can be attached on either side, the CS 60 WET can also make a negative mitre cut.

In contrast to heavy stationary machines, the CS 60 WET is characterised by simple handling.

As the parallel stop is included in the product package, exact cuts can be made even without the aid of a guide rail.

278


Stone working CS 60 WET

Extremely free-cutting. For best results.

Jack of all trades

Quite long

Maximum flexibility.

The extremely rugged and reliable CS 60Â WET is ideal for cutting window sills, work surfaces, facing stones and terrazzo slabs in garden and landscaping, and cleaning up flooring joints.

Long cuts can be made with the CS 60 WET and the appropriate guide rail

If there is no direct water connection available, the FLEX water pressure tank WDÂ 10 is the ideal addition.

Clean edge

Can also plunge cut

Always straight

The guide rail, available as an accessory, can be used to cut clean and precise edge trims in the floor area.

The stepless cutting depth adjustment from 0-60 mm (with guide rail 0-54 mm) is particularly suitable for inserting expansion joints.

The CS 60 WET, in conjunction with the guide rail, is ideal for inserting weather grooves or water drainage channels in window sills or on the tops of walls.

279


Stone cutter Overview of power tools

CS 60 WET Diamond stone cutter for wet cuts, mitre cuts up to 45 °, with GFCI circuit breaker • High-performance motor: extra powerful for stone cutting and joint milling • Continuous cut depth setting from 0-60 mm, with rail guide up to 54 mm. In the mitre cut from 0-44 mm, with guide rail up to 38 mm • Continuous angle adjustment for mitre cuts from 0-45° • Cut marking at the base plate from 0°/30°/45° for rapid orientation • High-quality magnesium die-castings for protective cover and base plates • Motor protection made of rubber prevents the direct intake of spray water • Water supply: for an effective cooling of the diamond blade • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord • Ideal for: Inserting water grooves in window sills or steps, work tops, facade slabs, terazzo slabs in garden design & landscaping, joint renovation in the floor • Spindle lock

SPECIFICATIONS Diamond cutting disc Ø / arbor (inside Ø) Cutting depth / with guide rail Mitre cuttings

170 / 22,2 mm 60 / 54 mm 0-45°

Depth of cut - mitre cut

5-44 mm

Depth of cut mitre cut with guide rail

0-38 mm

No load speed Power input Power output Weight

Type CS 60 WET

! Accessories from page 281 280

6200 rpm 1400 watt Standard equipment: 840 watt 1 diamond cutting disc with 4,5 kg segmented cutting edge 1 wrench for saw blade change 1 parallel guide fence Order no. 1 plastic system case 374.016 1 case insert


Stone cutter Accessories

Accessories CSW 4161, CS 60 WET Connector for guide rail GRS

Diamond cutting disc

Precise metal connector for connecting two guide rails GRS. When not in use, the connector can be parked in the guide rail with the included tool wrench SW 5 - screw driver.

With turbo segments for a clean wet cut; suitable for tiles and fine stoneware of any thickness up to hardness 5, marble, slate, granite and natural stone. Designation

Dimensions in mm

Turbo-F-Jet D170x22,2 170 Ø x 22,2

QP

Order number

1

386.189

QP

Order number

1

353.272

End caps Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails QP

Order number

2

364.967

Antislip profile Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails With segmented cutting edge, vibration-dampened. For granite, marble, sandstone, concrete.

QP

Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

170 Ø x 22,2

1

347.515

Order number

6,8 m 366.854

Anti-splinter guard Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails

With closed cutting edge for a clean wet-cut, suitable for tiles, marble plates and ceramics. Dimensions in mm

QP

Order number

170 Ø x 22,2

1

367.214

QP

Order number

3,4 m 366.846

Plastic system case Systainer for machine and accessories.

Guide rail GRS Precise aluminium profile with anodized sliding coating and guide rib.. Plugged rubber lip as contact edge at the marking, anti slip protection on the bottom. Connector 353.272 can be used to extend the guide rails as required.

Designation

Length in mm

QP

Order number

GRS 80

800

1

353.280

GRS 160

1600

1

359.351

Size ( W x L x H)

QP

Order number

281 x 360 x 272

1

353.302

Insert for systainer Insert for CSW 4161 or CS 60 WET and accessories, fits systainer 353.302. QP

Order number

1

353.310

281


Carrying case system Box on Box

The new carrying case system from FLEX ensures order. Whether safe transportation, skilful storage or just sensible packaging, the new “Box on Box” organisation system from FLEX combines all the requirements of modern trade. Machine, accessories or consumables – everything has its place in one of the “Box on Box” variants. Neatly and clearly arranged in elaborate inserts, adapted to the requirements of the vast range of applications. At a glance you can see whether everything is in the correct place. This saves time and avoids looking unnecessarily for items on the site or in the workshop.

Selection made simple Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Additional use of buckles or handles is not necessary.

Everything in its right place Everything at a glance. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. This saves time.

Duo-Click system The boxes are simply and quickly released by the side handles.

One case, several inserts There are various matching inserts available depending on the requirement (machines or accessories).

Easy handling All functional elements are colour coded and easy to operate.

Compact and secure No danger from flying cases. Stored compactly, securely and stably.

Just in case Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use of a padlock*. The contents can then be locked securely.

Everything at hand Simply stack and conveniently carry boxes.

*Lock is not included in the product package

282


Carrying case system Box on Box

Duo-Click system The “Box on Box” system is based on a standard size. This allows the boxes to be connected easily by an innovative Duo-Click system and therefore to be selected simply and quickly for the site and stored securely in the vehicle. A simple handle separates the boxes from each other again. And when work is complete, the boxes are quickly and simply reconnected and removed using the Duo-Click system.

SPECIFICATIONS Size ( W x L x H)

TK-L BoB-1 464 x 335 x 142 mm 2,2 kg

Weight

SPECIFICATIONS Size ( W x L x H)

TK-L BoB-2 464 x 335 x 212 mm 2,5 kg

Weight

Type

Order no.

TK-L BoB-1

392.634*

TK-L BoB-2

392.642*

*Case without contents and case insert

283


Warranty

For your safety. Electrical safety of operation Faulty tools pose a hazard to the user when precautions are not taken seriously in high voltage areas, to prevent electric shock. FLEX electrical power tools are insulated according to the safety classes I and II from EN 60745.

Electrical safety devices 1. Machines with water supply The safety of FLEX machines with water supply is guaranteed as follows: a) Isolating transformer Devices that are equipped with a plug (position of the earth pin: 12h) acc. to IEC 60309-2 are delivered in safety class II and can be operated only in combination with a isolating transformer according to EN61558. b) Residual current operated device (GFCI) Machines with a GFCI in the power supply line (trip current 10 mA) are supplied with increased insulation and protective earth conductor (earthed connection of the metal parts that can be touched from outside).

service stations authorised by FLEX. An assertion of claims exists only when used appropriately. Excluded from this warranty are in particular regular operational wear, improper use, partially or completely disassembled power tools, as well as damage due to overload of the machine, the use of non-permitted, defective, or improperly applied tools. Damages caused by the machine on the application tool or workpiece, use of force, consequential damages, that can be traced to improper or insufficient maintenance by the customer or third parties, damaging due to external influence such as sand or stones as well as damages due to nonobservance of the instructions such as connection to wrong voltages or type of electricity. FLEX machines meet all legal trade and professional association safety regulations. FLEX stands for practical solutions and professional quality down to the last detail. Should there be any faults on a machine, the FLEX manufacturer warranty will take care of it, quickly and unbureaucratically.

Details of machine weight. The weights in our catalogue have been established on the basis of the EPTA Procedure 1/2003.

2. Transportable motor driven electrical power tools acc. EN 61029-1 Residual current operated device (GFCI) Machines with a GFCI in the power supply line (trip circuit 30Â mA) are supplied with increased insulation and protective earth conductor (earthed connection of the metal parts that can be touched from outside).

Radio interference suppression FLEX electrical power tools are shielded according to ENÂ 55014 and EN 61000 according to EU directive 2004/108/EC.

Warranty When purchasing a new machine FLEX provides a, 2-year manufacturer warranty, beginning on the day of the sale of the machine to the end customer. The warranty covers only damages that can be traced back to material and/or manufacturing faults as well as the non-compliance of promised features. In case of assertion of claims from this warranty the original sales receipt that shows the purchase date has to be submitted. Warranty repairs may be made only by shops or

284

Technical modifications and illustrations. Our FLEX electrical power tools are always brought to the current state of the art. We therefore reserve the right to change technical specifications. Illustrations are also non-binding.


Electronics

Tuning for FLEX machines. More power, gradual acceleration of the speed that is easy on the motor, speeds kept in the optimal range, and safe protection from overload. Those are, briefly summarised, the typical characteristics of FLEX electronics.

is regulated appropriately. It goes full throttle for example if there is an extra load until the set speed has been reached again. If the motor is unduly loaded, the drawing of current is automatically reduced to a „healthy“ level.

A further advantage on machines with greater wattage is the starting-current limitation. It briefly reduces the high starting current and thus prevents the tripping of the fuse in the mains.

In highly loaded motors a temperature monitoring with PTC resistance is fitted. It protects the windings from overheating and overloading.

The tachometer generator is also a technology with many great features. It constantly monitors the speed of the armature. If it deviates from the nominal value, the current

Using FLEX electronics, the motor output can be increased up to 40% compared with machines which are not supported electronically.

Speed

Constant nominal speed under load for machines with electronics

power increase

Machine with electronics

Machine without electronics Load min.

Load max.

Thanks to the electronic increase in output, the machine can extend its nominal speed or the set nominal speed (with variable speed control) even under load compared with a machine which is not supported electronically. To achieve this without electronics, a more powerful motor would have to be used. This would result in a heavier and more unwieldy machine. The constantly maintained nominal speed also provides more efficient cooling. This increases the service life of the machine considerably.

285


How to find us

ervice

FLEX S

centre

FLEX-Elektrowerkzeuge GmbH Bahnhofstrasse 15 71711 Steinheim/Germany Phone: +49 (0) 7144 828-0 Fax: +49 (0) 7144 25899 Internet: www.flex-tools.com

FLEX Customer service

FLEX Service centre

FLEX retailers

Our customer service can be reached by phone Monday through Friday and any day via the Internet. For all questions about FLEX quality electrical power tools, accessories, and spare parts, but also for quick referral to the nearest FLEX dealer in your area.

In case your FLEX requires service - no problem: You send your machine with a brief fault description to our local service centre, we will carry out the service and send your FLEX back to you as fast as possible. And should you have any questions on the technology or the accessories, just give us a call.

No question: advance technology is accompanied by knowledgeable specialist consulting. That is why FLEX quality electrical power tools are available exclusively from qualified dealers. And qualified means in this case: Whoever is a FLEX dealer has been trained on FLEX and has competent answers for the trickiest questions.

Customer service: Phone: +49 (0) 7144 828-0 Fax: +49 (0) 7144 25899 E-mail: info@flex-tools.com Internet: www.flex-tools.com Should you wish to give us your opinion, make suggestions on improving FLEX machines, or tell us how we can expand our program – please send us an e-mail: IhreMeinung@flex-tools.com

286


Notes

287


Notes

288



268.887/03-13 Printed in Germany. Imprimé en Allemagne.

Your FLEX retailer

FLEX-Elektrowerkzeuge GmbH Bahnhofstraße 15 71711 Steinheim Germany Phone +49 7144 828-0 Fax +49 7144 25899 info@flex-tools.com www.flex-tools.com Subject to technical alterations.


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.